Atlan A300

Instructions for use
Atlan
A300, A300 XL, A350, A350 XL
WARNING Anesthesia workstation

To properly use this medical Software 1.0n
device, read and comply with
these instructions for use.
This page has been left blank intentionally.
2 Instructions for use | Atlan A300, A300 XL, A350, A350 XL SW 1.0n
Contents
Contents
1 Information about this document ........................................................... 7

1.1 Typographical conventions ............................................................. 7
1.2 Use of terms ................................................................................... 7
1.3 Illustrations...................................................................................... 7
1.4 Trademarks..................................................................................... 7
2 Safety-related information....................................................................... 9
2.1 Intended use ................................................................................... 9
2.2 Indications....................................................................................... 9
2.3 Contraindications ............................................................................ 9
2.4 Environments of use ....................................................................... 10
2.5 Essential performance features ...................................................... 10
2.6 User group requirements ................................................................ 11
2.7 Information on safety instructions and precautionary statements... 11
2.8 Safety instructions .......................................................................... 12
2.9 Additional information ..................................................................... 14
3 Overview ................................................................................................... 15
3.1 Hardware ........................................................................................ 15
3.2 Functional scope............................................................................. 31
3.3 Gas flow diagram............................................................................ 42
4 Assembly and preparation ...................................................................... 45

4.2 Mounting of accessories ................................................................. 52
4.3 Before first operation ...................................................................... 55
4.4 Intrahospital transport ..................................................................... 59
4.5 Gas supply...................................................................................... 59
4.6 Connecting to the gas scavenging system ..................................... 65
4.7 Preparation for an operation day / after cleaning and sterilization.. 67
4.8 Selecting and connecting patient-specific accessories................... 67
4.9 Connecting and replacing consumables......................................... 75
5 Operating concept.................................................................................... 79
5.1 Screen ............................................................................................ 79
5.2 Color concept.................................................................................. 83
5.3 Selecting and setting ...................................................................... 84
6 Getting started.......................................................................................... 86
6.2 Turning on the device ..................................................................... 86
6.3 Checking the device configuration.................................................. 86
6.4 Checking the operational readiness ............................................... 87
6.5 Emergency start-up ........................................................................ 88
Instructions for use | Atlan A300, A300 XL, A350, A350 XL SW 1.0n 3
Contents
7 Operation .................................................................................................. 89
7.2 Starting the therapy ........................................................................ 93
7.3 Adjusting the therapy ...................................................................... 96
7.4 Special forms of therapy ................................................................. 100
7.5 Using fields with special functions .................................................. 103
7.6 Customizing the screen display ...................................................... 107
7.7 Displaying additional data............................................................... 113
7.8 Setting the volume .......................................................................... 115
7.9 Adjusting the alarms ....................................................................... 116
7.10 Changing the patient data............................................................... 119
7.11 Exporting data................................................................................. 119
7.12 Other settings ................................................................................. 120
7.13 Ending the therapy.......................................................................... 122
7.14 Change of patient ........................................................................... 124
8 Tests .......................................................................................................... 126

8.1 Status of the device functions......................................................... 126
8.2 Available test types......................................................................... 127
8.3 Performing the tests........................................................................ 127
8.4 Checklist in the walk-through mode................................................ 136
9 Ending operation...................................................................................... 151

9.1 At the end of the OR day ................................................................ 151
9.2 Storing the device ........................................................................... 151
9.3 Disconnecting the mains power supply .......................................... 151
10 Alarms ....................................................................................................... 152

10.2 Displaying alarms ........................................................................... 152
10.3 Response to alarms........................................................................ 154
10.4 Adopting alarm settings when changing the ventilation mode........ 159
10.5 Alarm delay and alarm escalation................................................... 160
10.6 Activation of alarms after breath detection ..................................... 163
10.7 Intelligent alarm behavior................................................................ 164
11 Configuration............................................................................................ 165
11.1 Device settings ............................................................................... 165
11.2 Setting the date and time................................................................ 165
11.3 Specifying the start settings............................................................ 166
11.4 Transferring device configurations.................................................. 181
11.5 Activating software options ............................................................. 182
11.6 Overview of configurable screen contents...................................... 184
12 Troubleshooting ....................................................................................... 190

12.1 Leakage .......................................................................................... 190
12.2 Power supply failure ....................................................................... 191
12.3 Failure of the gas supply................................................................. 192
12.4 Failure of fresh-gas delivery (electronically controlled gas mixture) 194
12.5 Failure of the piston ventilator......................................................... 195
Contents
12.6 Failure of the O2 sensor.................................................................. 195

12.7 Flow measurement failure .............................................................. 198
12.8 Screen fault or failure of the graphical user interface ..................... 198
12.9 Complete failure.............................................................................. 198
12.10 Problems with the active anesthetic gas receiving system (AGS) .. 199
12.11 Cylinder pressure reducer .............................................................. 201
12.12 Support request .............................................................................. 201
12.13 Alarm – Cause – Remedy............................................................... 201
13 Reprocessing............................................................................................ 222
13.2 Information on reprocessing ........................................................... 223
13.3 Classifications for reprocessing ...................................................... 224
13.4 Reprocessing list ............................................................................ 225
13.5 Reprocessing procedures............................................................... 225
13.6 Preparation ..................................................................................... 227
13.7 Surface disinfection with cleaning................................................... 229
13.8 Disassembly ................................................................................... 230
13.9 Disassembling the breathing system .............................................. 238
13.10 Machine reprocessing..................................................................... 242
13.11 Fitting and assembly....................................................................... 249
13.12 Preparation before the next use ..................................................... 258
13.13 Brief instructions for reprocessing .................................................. 260
14 Service ...................................................................................................... 262

14.2 Definition of service terminology..................................................... 262
14.3 Inspection ....................................................................................... 262
14.4 Maintenance ................................................................................... 265
14.5 Repair ............................................................................................. 265
15 Disposal .................................................................................................... 266

15.2 Disposing of the device................................................................... 266
15.3 Disposing of accessories ................................................................ 266
16 Technical data .......................................................................................... 267

16.2 General information ........................................................................ 268
16.3 Ambient conditions ......................................................................... 268
16.4 Fresh-gas delivery .......................................................................... 269
16.5 Fresh-gas delivery with electronically controlled gas mixer ............ 269
16.6 Fresh-gas delivery with mechanically controlled gas mixer ............ 270
16.7 Ventilator......................................................................................... 270
16.8 Breathing system ............................................................................ 272
16.9 External fresh-gas outlet................................................................. 274
16.10 Anesthetic gas receiving system (AGS) ......................................... 274
16.11 Active AGS ..................................................................................... 274
16.12 Passive AGS................................................................................... 275
16.13 Measuring systems and displays.................................................... 275
16.14 Gas measurement .......................................................................... 279
Contents
16.15 Gas measurement with PGM.......................................................... 279

16.16 Gas measurement with O2 sensor.................................................. 281
16.17 Display of calculated values ........................................................... 282
16.18 Operating characteristics ................................................................ 283
16.19 Interfaces and ports ........................................................................ 287
16.20 Relevant standards......................................................................... 289
16.21 Diagrams ........................................................................................ 290
16.22 EMC declaration ............................................................................. 291
16.23 Device combinations....................................................................... 293
16.24 Emission of high-frequency energy ................................................ 293
16.25 Connections to IT networks ............................................................ 294
16.26 Open-source software .................................................................... 297
17 Principles of operation ............................................................................ 297

17.2 Description of the ventilation modes............................................... 298
17.3 Description of the ventilation drive.................................................. 307
17.4 Improving the CO2 measurement by means of an HME filter......... 308
17.5 Minimum O2 delivery ...................................................................... 310
17.6 Influence of patient category, weight, and age on device behavior 311
17.7 Support of Infinity ID accessories ................................................... 312
17.8 Schematic illustration of the acoustic signals ................................. 313
18 Annex ........................................................................................................ 314

18.1 Abbreviations .................................................................................. 314
18.2 Symbols .......................................................................................... 317
18.3 Product labels ................................................................................. 322
18.4 Overview of the menu structure...................................................... 323
19 Password .................................................................................................. 325

19.1 Configuration password for Atlan A300, A300 XL, A350, A350
XL Software 1.0n ............................................................................ 325
Index .......................................................................................................... 327
Information about this document
1 Information about this document

1.1 Typographical conventions
Text Bold, italicized text indicates labels on the device and screen text.
1. Numbers with a period indicate the individual steps within a process
sequence. The numbering for each new process sequence starts once
more at number 1.
a. Lower-case letters with a period indicate secondary process steps. The let-
tering for each new higher-level process step starts once more with the
letter a.
► This triangle indicates individual steps without any specific order.
(1) Numbers in parentheses refer to elements in illustrations.
1 Numbers in illustrations denote elements referred to in the text.
– Dashes indicate listings.
> The greater-than symbol indicates the navigation path in a dialog.
This symbol indicates information that will facilitate the use of the product.
1.2 Use of terms

Dräger uses the term "accessories" not only for accessories in the sense of
IEC 60601-1, but also for consumables, removable parts, and attached parts.
The product "Atlan A300, A300 XL, A350, A350 XL" is also referred to as "Atlan".
1.3 Illustrations
Illustrations of products and screen content in this document may differ from the
actual products depending on configuration and design.
1.4 Trademarks
1.4.1 Trademarks owned by Dräger
Trademark
Atlan®
AutoFlow®
Infinity®
D-Vapor®
Drägersorb®
MEDIBUS®
ServiceConnect®
WaterLock®
Information about this document
Trademark
E-Vent®
The following web page provides a list of the countries in which the trademarks are
registered: www.draeger.com/trademarks
1.4.2 Trademarks owned by third-party manufacturers

Trademark Trademark owner
® Datex-Ohmeda
Selectatec
Dismozon®
Mikrobac® BODE Chemie
Korsolex®
Neodisher
Dr. Weigert
Mediclean®
acryl-des®
Mikrozid® Schülke & Mayr
Perform®
Actichlor®
Ecolab USA
OxyCide®
BruTab 6S® Brulin
Dispatch® Clorox
Klorsept® Medentech
Descogen®
Antiseptica
Oxygenon®
Virkon® DuPont
SteriMax® Aseptix
Cleanisept® Dr. Schumacher
Trademark used Trademark owner

under license
BIPAP Respironics
Safety-related information
2 Safety-related information
2.1 Intended use
This device is intended for use in anesthetizing adults, pediatric patients, and
neonates. The device can be used for mechanical ventilation, manual ventilation,
pressure-supported spontaneous breathing, and spontaneous breathing.
The device is equipped with the following basic functions:
– Ventilation monitoring
– Inspiratory O2 measurement
– Device monitoring
– Anesthetic gas receiving system
The following options are additionally available:
– Patient-gas measurement module for O2, CO2, N2O, and anesthetic gases
– O2 insufflation
Anesthesia is achieved through a mixture of pure oxygen and Air (medical
compressed air) or pure oxygen and nitrous oxide, with the addition of volatile
anesthetic agents.
Ventilation is accomplished on the patient through a laryngeal mask, a breathing
mask, or an endotracheal tube.
The integrated breathing system can be used with partial rebreathing (low-flow or
minimum-flow).
A non-rebreathing system, such as the Bain, Mapleson, Kuhn, or Waters system,
may be used at the external fresh-gas outlet.
2.2 Indications
The device is specified for inhalational anesthesia and/or patient ventilation in
accordance with the intended use during surgical or diagnostic interventions.
2.3 Contraindications
The device has no product-specific contraindications.
It is the responsibility of the user to select the appropriate treatment for the patient’s
underlying disease. The patient's condition must be continually monitored for any
potential changes.
The safety information must be followed for patients suspected of malignant
hyperthermia, patients with ketoacidosis, and patients who are under the influence
of alcohol. Observe the following information: "Therapy and applications", page 89.
The device administers medical gases such as O2, N2O, Air (medical
compressed air), and volatile anesthetic agents (halothane, enflurane, isoflurane,
sevoflurane, desflurane). For contraindications to the applied medical gases, strictly
follow the instructions for use of the medical gases.
2.4 Environments of use

The device is designed for use in rooms in which therapeutic or diagnostic
interventions can be performed under constant supervision of users. According to
IEC 60601-1-2, the use of the device is only permissible in hospitals and
comparable facilities with a Class A electromagnetic environment.
Do not use the device in the following environments:
– Outside buildings
– On intensive care units
– During patient transport
– In vehicles, airplanes, helicopters, and on ships
– In areas where oxygen concentrations above 25 Vol% or combustible or
explosive gas mixtures can occur.
– In rooms with magnetic field applications (e.g., magnetic resonance imaging)
2.5 Essential performance features

Correct functioning of the essential performance features ensures that the product
can be used in accordance with its intended use. The product has the following
essential performance features:
General
– Supply of the anesthesia workstation with O2:
If the O2 supply (central gas supply or gas cylinder) fails, an alarm is issued.
– Supply of the patient with adequately oxygenated breathing gas:
If the breathing gas contains insufficient levels of O2, an alarm is issued.
– Supply of an adequate anesthetic gas concentration to the patient:
When the anesthetic gas is measured by means of an integrated patient-gas
measurement module, an alarm will be generated if the anesthetic gas
concentrations are too high.
– Monitoring of the airway pressure:
Alarms are issued depending on the set alarm limits.
Gas measurement
– Breathing gas monitoring:
– Set values for FiO2
– Inspiratory and expiratory measured values for O2, CO2, N2O, and
anesthetic gas; automatic anesthetic agent identification (patient-gas
measurement module)
The gas composition is measured with ISO accuracy.
– Monitoring of breathing gas concentrations:
Alarms will be issued depending on the set alarm limits or if the gas
measurement fails.
2.6 User group requirements

The term "user group" describes the responsible personnel who have been
assigned by the operating organization to perform specific tasks on the product.
2.6.1 Duties of the operating organization

The operating organization must ensure the following:
– Each user group has the required qualification (e.g., has undergone specialist
training or acquired specialist knowledge through experience).
– Each user group has been trained to perform the task.
– Each user group has read and understood the relevant chapters in this
document.
2.6.2 User groups

Clinical users
This user group uses the product in accordance with the intended use.
Reprocessing personnel
This user group performs reprocessing activities.
Service personnel
This user group installs the product and performs service activities.
If product-specific skills or tools are required, then the service activities must be
performed by specialized service personnel. The specialized service personnel
have been trained by Dräger to perform these specific service activities on this
specific product.
2.7 Information on safety instructions and precautionary

statements
Safety instructions and precautionary statements warn of risks and give instructions
for the safe use of the product. Failure to observe them may lead to personal injury
or property damage.
2.7.1 Safety instructions

This document contains sections with safety instructions which warn of risks. The
type of risk and the consequences of non-compliance are described in each safety
instruction.
2.7.2 Precautionary statements

Precautionary statements relate to action steps and warn of risks that may arise
when performing the action steps. Precautionary statements precede the action
steps.
The following warning signs and signal words indicate precautionary statements
and differentiate the possible consequences of non-compliance.
Warning sign Signal word Consequences of non-compliance

WARNING May result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION May result in moderate or minor injury.
NOTICE May result in property damage.
2.8 Safety instructions

2.8.1 Instructions for use
Personal injury and property damage may arise if this product is used contrary to
the information in these instructions for use.
► Follow these instructions for use.
► Only use this product in accordance with its intended use.
► Keep these instructions for use in an accessible location. Make sure that the
instructions for use are compatible with the device software.
► Follow the instructions for use of all the products that are used with this product.
These instructions for use do not provide any information on the following:
– Risks that are obvious to the user
– Consequences of foreseeable misuse of the product
– Possible negative effects on patients with one or more diseases
2.8.2 Symbols and product labels

Failure to observe symbols and product labels may result in personal injury and
property damage.
► Observe the symbols and product labels.
2.8.3 Monitoring the patient's condition

The monitoring of the patient's condition can range from direct observation to
electronic monitoring by means of medical devices. If the patient's condition is not
adequately monitored, the patient may be put at risk.
► Monitor the patient's condition in an appropriate manner and at appropriate
intervals.
N2O, O2, CO2 and, where necessary, anesthetic gases must be monitored when
patients are ventilated. If no monitoring is available or the sensors are not ready for
operation, the patient will not be adequately monitored and may be put at risk.
► Provide for suitable monitoring of O2, CO2, N2O, and anesthetic gases in
accordance with ISO 80601-2-55.
► Provide for suitable substitute monitoring in the event of a fault.
2.8.4 Accessories and components

Compatible accessories
The use of faulty or incompatible accessories may compromise the functional
integrity of the product. Personal injury and property damage may occur as a
consequence.
► Use only compatible accessories. The accessories that are compatible with this
product are listed in the list of accessories supplied with the product.
► Use only accessories that are in good working order.
Instructions for use for accessories

If accessories or connected devices are used contrary to the information in the
associated instructions for use, this may lead to user errors, incorrect use, or
incorrect reprocessing. Personal injury and property damage may occur as a
consequence.
► Follow the instructions for use for all accessories, e.g.:
– Water traps
– Flow sensors
– CLIC adapter
– CLIC absorber
– Soda lime
– Breathing hoses
– Masks
– Filter
– Bronchial suction
– Vaporizer
– Manual resuscitator
– AGSS terminal unit
2.8.5 Color codes and labels

In some countries, the arrangement and display of the gases on the status display
and the virtual flow tubes on the screen may deviate from the illustrations shown in
this document.
► Always pay attention to the respective color codes and labels.
2.8.6 Device
Penetrating liquid
Penetrating liquid may cause the following:
– Damage to the device
– Electric shock
– Device malfunctions
Personal injury and property damage may occur as a consequence.
► Ensure that no liquid penetrates the device.
► Do not place any containers containing liquids above or on the device.
Housing
Under the housing, there are live electrical components, which may cause an
electric shock.
► The housing may only be opened by those user groups that are assigned to that
particular measure.
2.8.7 Service
If service activities are not performed regularly or properly, malfunctions may occur
that can result in personal injury and property damage.
► Perform the service in accordance with the chapter "Service".
2.8.8 Reprocessing
Reusable products must be reprocessed, otherwise there is an increased risk of
infection.
► Perform the reprocessing in accordance with the chapter "Reprocessing".
2.8.9 Modifications to the product

Modifications to the product may lead to malfunctions and unforeseen risks. This
may result in injury to the patient or the user or in property damage.
► Do not modify this product.
2.8.10 Network security

The impermissible use of data interfaces may result in property damage and
personal injury.
► Only make connections to data interfaces with permission from the responsible
organization (IT representative and the hospital equipment officer).
► Observe the following information: "Connections to IT networks", page 294.
2.9 Additional information

2.9.1 Use of Infinity ID components
Ownership or purchase of this medical device with RFID technology only includes
the right to use the medical device and RFID technology in conjunction with
products approved by Dräger and in strict compliance with these instructions for
use. No intellectual property rights or any rights to the use of the medical device or
RFID technology are hereby granted, either explicitly or implicitly, which are
contrary to the above-mentioned conditions.
2.9.2 Training
Training for users is available via the Dräger organization responsible (see
www.draeger.com).
Overview
3 Overview
3.1 Hardware
3.1.1 Front
3.1.1.1 Large version
36437
No. Designation Description
1 Screen Enables user inputs by touchscreen and
rotary knob.
2 Plug-in connectors for vaporiz- Enable the connection of up to 3 vaporizers.
ers
3 Backup manual switch (behind Used to switch to backup manual mode in
the flap) the event of malfunctions of the device.
4 Gas mixing unit Produces a gas mixture from the selected
gases (e.g., O2 and Air).
5 Work surface Used for storing, e.g., documents.
6 Pull-out writing tray (option) Provides additional work surface.
7 Viewing window for piston ven- Allows visual checking of the movement of
tilator the piston ventilator.
8 Lockable drawer Provides additional storage space.
9 Trolley with footrest and cen- Used for moving the device. The central
tral brake brake locks the two front castors.
10 CO2 absorber Absorbs CO2 from the patient’s breathing
gas.
Overview

11 Anesthetic gas receiving sys- Used for suctioning and scavenging excess
tem anesthetic gas and breathing gas. Used to
reduce the anesthetic gas concentration
released into the environment by the anes-
thesia machine, and to scavenge the sam-
ple gases from an anesthetic gas monitor.
12 External fresh-gas outlet Gas outlet for a mixture of fresh gas and
anesthetic gas which is fed to a non-
rebreathing system.
13 External O2 flowmeter (option) Supplies pure oxygen for O2 insufflation.
14 Rail Used for fastening additional components.
3.1.1.2 Compact version
36438

1 Screen Enables user inputs by touchscreen and
rotary knob.
2 Plug-in connectors for vaporiz- Enable the connection of up to 2 vaporizers.
ers
3 Backup manual switch (behind Used to switch to backup manual mode in
the flap) the event of malfunctions of the device.
4 Swiveling shelf (option) Used for storage.
5 Work surface Used for storing, e.g., documents.
6 Viewing window for piston ven- Allows visual checking of the movement of
tilator the piston ventilator.
7 Lockable drawer Provides additional storage space.
8 Trolley with footrest and cen- Used for moving the device. The central
tral brake brake locks the two front castors.
gas.
Overview

tem anesthetic gas and breathing gas. Used to
reduce the anesthetic gas concentration
released into the environment by the anes-
thesia machine, and to scavenge the sam-
ple gases from an anesthetic gas monitor.
11 Gas mixing unit Produces a gas mixture from the selected
gases (e.g., O2 and Air).
12 External fresh-gas outlet Gas outlet for a mixture of fresh gas and
anesthetic gas which is fed to a non-
rebreathing system.
3.1.2 Screen
36441
1 Touchscreen Calls up functions or dialogs when touched.
2 Alarm silence key Suppresses the alarm tones of all active
alarms for 2 minutes.
3 Rotary knob Used for selecting, adjusting, and confirm-
ing settings. Lights up in color in certain sit-
uations.
4 Working light Illuminates the work surface.
5 key Turns the working light on or off. Dims the
illuminance in 3 steps (dark, medium, and
bright).
6 key Turns the device on or off.
Overview
3.1.3 Breathing system and other components

3.1.3.1 Overview
The following illustration shows the device and the breathing system.
36446
1 Pressure gauge (option) Indicates the airway pressure in the internal
breathing system.
2 Inspiratory port Used to connect the inspiratory hose to the
device.
3 Bag elbow with circuit plug Used to connect the breathing bag hose.
The circuit plug is used to seal the Y-piece
during an automatic test.
4 APL valve Limits the maximum airway pressure in the
Manual / Spontaneous mode.
5 Breathing system cover Protects the breathing system underneath
and provides climate control for the breath-
ing system.
6 Expiratory port Used to connect the expiratory hose to the
device.
7 Holder Used for parking the breathing bag hose.
8 Handles Used for aligning the device and for stowing
used breathing hoses.
gas.
tem anesthetic gas and breathing gas, to reduce
the anesthetic gas concentration released
into the environment by the anesthesia
machine, and to scavenge the sample
gases from an anesthetic gas monitor.
Overview

11 Water trap with connection for Collects condensed water which forms in
sample line the sample line.
12 Patient-gas measurement Measures and monitors various gas con-
module centrations in the breathing gas (O2, CO2,
N2O, and anesthetic gases).
13 Guide clip Used to securely lay the O2 insufflation
hose.
3.1.3.2 Version with O2 sensor

The following illustration shows the device without its breathing system cover and
illustrates the position of the O2 sensor.
36447
1 O2 sensor Measures the inspiratory O2 concentration
in the breathing gas.
2 Sealing cap Seals the O2 sensor port during calibration
of the O2 sensor.
Overview
3.1.4 Side view from left
36462
1 Castor brake Prevents movement of the rear castor.
2 Gas cylinder holder (option) Secures the gas cylinders.
4 Hanger yoke system (option) Enables the connection of gas cylinders
with a pin-index connector.
Overview
3.1.5 Side view from right
36468
1 Standard rail with handle Allows the device to be maneuvered during
intrahospital transport and also the attach-
ment of accessories.
Overview
3.1.6 Device column

The illustration shows the left side of the device.
36469
1 Column cover Depending on the version, allows a patient
monitor or other workplace components to
be mounted.
2 Holder for hoses and cables Used for storing and winding up central sup-
ply hoses and cables.
3 Cable holder with cable For passing hoses and cables through.
channels
Overview
3.1.7 Rear
3.1.7.1 Version with screw connections for standing gas cylinders
36470
1 Storage compartment Can be used as storage space.
3 Gas supply block Provides connectors for gases from the
central gas supply system and for gas cylin-
ders.
5 Strain relief for compressed Protects the compressed gas hoses from
gas hoses loosening inadvertently.
6 Auxiliary power sockets Allow other devices to be connected.
(option)
7 Vent Discharges warmed air from the device into
the environment.
8 Ventilation slot Feeds ambient air to the device for ventila-
tion.
9 Connectors Provides connectors for power cable,
potential equalization, and interfaces. Used
for data exchange between external
devices, additional components, and net-
works.
Overview
3.1.7.2 Version with pin-index connector for suspended gas cylinders (option)
36471
1 Storage compartment Can be used as storage space.
3 Gas supply block Provides connectors for gases from the
central gas supply system and for gas cylin-
ders.
4 Hanger yoke system (option) Enables the connection of gas cylinders
with a pin-index connector.
5 Strain relief for compressed Protects the compressed gas hoses from
gas hoses loosening inadvertently.
6 Vent Discharges warmed air from the device into
the environment.
8 Auxiliary power sockets Allow other devices to be connected.
(option)
9 Ventilation slot Feeds ambient air to the device for ventila-
tion.
10 Connectors Provides connectors for power cable,
potential equalization, and interfaces. Used
for data exchange between external
devices, additional components, and net-
works.
Overview
3.1.8 Connectors
36474
1 Serial port (COM 1 and This serial port (RS232) supports the MEDI-
COM 2) BUS.X protocol for data exchange between
the anesthesia machine and external
devices.
2 Main switch Turns the device off and minimizes the cur-
rent consumption when the power plug is
pulled out. To be used when the device is to
be disconnected from the power supply for
longer than 2 weeks and during service
activities.
3 Connector for workplace light Used for connecting an external workplace
(option) light.
4 Power inlet (connector for Used to connect the device to the mains
power cable) power supply.
5 Potential equalization pin Used for connecting a potential equalization
cable. This will minimize differences in elec-
trical potential.
6 Network port Enables data transfer within an IT network.
7 USB port Used to transfer data to a USB mass stor-
age device.
Overview
3.1.9 Gas inlets
36475
1 Connectors for pressure mea- Used for connecting pressure measuring
suring lines for gas cylinders lines of the pressure reducers on the gas
(option) cylinders.
2 Connectors for central gas Enable the device to be supplied with gases
supply system from the central supply.
3 Connectors for gas cylinders Enable the device to be supplied with gases
(option) from the gas cylinders.
4 Label Advanced Cylinder Sup- On devices that are equipped with
port Advanced Cylinder Support, the gas cylin-
der valves can also remain open during
operation with the central supply.
Overview
3.1.10 Hanger yoke system with pin-index connection (option)
36476
1 Protection bar Protects the connectors for the gas cylin-
ders from damage.
2 Hanger yoke system with three Enables the connection of gas cylinders
pin-index connections (option) with a pin-index connector.
3 Wrench For opening and closing the gas cylinder
valves.
4 Connecting cable Enables electronic gas pressure measure-
ment.
Overview
3.1.11 Auxiliary power sockets (option)
36477
No. Designation
1 Fuses, 2 each per power socket
2 Auxiliary power sockets, 4 pcs.
3 Main fuse
Overview
3.1.12 Gas mixing unit

3.1.12.1 Gas mixing unit (electronically controlled)
36479
No. Designation
1 Status display
2 Symbols for mains power supply and power supply from internal battery
3 Symbols for gas supply (O2, Air, N2O or O2, Air) from central supply and gas
cylinders
4 O2 flowmeter (for O2 insufflation Aux. O2 and emergency O2 delivery
Add. O2)
5 O2 switch (for switching between O2 insufflation Aux. O2 and emergency
O2 delivery Add. O2)
6 Outlet for O2 insufflation, e.g., for nasal cannula
7 Display of pressure in the internal breathing system, see page 18
8 O2+ key (O2 flush)
The explanation of the symbols can be found on page 317.
Overview
3.1.12.2 Gas mixing unit (mechanically controlled)
36480
No. Designation
1 Status display
2 Symbols for mains power supply and power supply from internal battery
3 Symbols for gas supply (O2, Air, N2O or O2, Air) from central supply and gas
cylinders
4 O2 flowmeter (for O2 insufflation Aux. O2) (option)
5 Outlet for O2 insufflation, e.g., for nasal cannula (option)
6 Flow control valves (O2, Air, N2O or O2, Air)
7 Total flow tube
8 Display of the set fresh-gas flows
9 Display of pressure in the internal breathing system, see page 18
10 O2+ key (O2 flush)
The explanation of the symbols can be found on page 317.
Overview
3.2 Functional scope

3.2.1 Product variants, options, and accessories
Some device functions are available as an option and consequently are only
available on appropriately equipped devices. Not all product variants or options are
available worldwide.
The device is intended for use with the options and accessories listed in the
associated list of accessories.
Hardware options
Hardware options are listed in the following table:
Name Description
Compact version (model – Version with small trolley for environments of use
designation A300, A350) with constricted space
– 1 large drawer
– Central brake
– Available with plug-in connectors for 1 or 2 vaporiz-
ers
– The work surface can be enlarged with a folding
table extension on the side (option).
– When heavy workplace components, monitors, or
syringe pumps are attached, a counterweight is
required for increased tipping stability (option).
Large version (model des- – Version with large trolley for normal OR environ-
ignation A300 XL, ments with adequate space
A350 XL) – 1 large and 2 small drawers
– Available with plug-in connectors for 2 or 3 vaporiz-
ers
– Can be fitted with a pull-out writing tray and a fold-
ing table extension on the side (option).
Mechanically controlled – The fresh-gas delivery is adjusted by means of
gas mixer (model desig- manually operated needle valves.
nation A300) – The individual fresh-gas flows are measured elec-
tronically and displayed on both the status display
and the screen.
– The total fresh-gas flow is indicated on the inte-
grated total flow tube.
– Available as a 2-gas version (O2/Air) or a 3-gas
version (O2/Air/N2O)
– Available with O2 flowmeter for O2 insufflation
(option)
Overview
Name Description
Electronically controlled – The fresh-gas delivery is adjusted using the screen
gas mixer (model desig- with the aid of settable parameters for O2 concen-
nation A350) tration in % and for fresh-gas flow in L/min.
– Depending on the version, Air or N2O can be
selected as the carrier gas.
– With O2 flowmeter for O2 insufflation
– With integrated, mechanical emergency O2 deliv-
ery Add. O2
External fresh-gas outlet – Allows use with external non-rebreathing systems,
e.g.:
– Mapleson
– Kuhn
– Bain
– Magill
– Waters
Advanced Cylinder Sup- On devices that are equipped with Advanced Cylinder
port Support, the gas cylinder valves can also remain open
during operation with the central supply.
Integrated O2 monitoring – Measurement, monitoring, and display of the inspi-
ratory O2 concentration
– The measurement is performed by the O2 sensor
integrated in the breathing system.
Integrated patient-gas – Measurement, monitoring, and display of the inspi-
measurement module ratory and expiratory gas concentrations of O2,
anesthetic gases, CO2, and N2O
– Detection and indication of anesthetic gas mixtures
– Display of the xMAC
O2 detection – During the self-test, a check is made using the inte-
grated patient-gas measurement module to ensure
that the connected O2 supply is actually delivering
O2.
Support of Infinity ID Allows the use of Dräger Infinity ID accessories with
accessories the following functions:
– Generates a message when the maximum period
of use is exceeded for the breathing circuit, the
water traps, the CO2 absorber, and the flow sensor
– Generates a notice when the breathing circuit is
incorrectly connected
– Generates a message if the CO2 absorber is not
present or is not locked
Active anesthetic gas Anesthetic gas scavenging with flow indicator for use
scavenging with an active disposal system with a wall terminal unit
Passive anesthetic gas Anesthetic gas scavenging for gas disposal without an
scavenging active disposal system
Overview
Software options
Software options are listed in the following table:
Name Description
Spontaneous breathing Allows assisted ventilation with pressure support and,
support in controlled ventilation modes, synchronization with
the patient’s inspiratory effort.
Includes the following ventilation modes:
– CPAP / PSV
– PC - SIMV
– PC - SIMV / PS
– VC - SIMV
– VC - SIMV / PS
– VC - CMV / AutoFlow (requires AutoFlow option)
– VC - SIMV / AutoFlow (requires AutoFlow option)
– VC - SIMV / PS / AutoFlow (requires AutoFlow
option)
AutoFlow With AutoFlow, the set tidal volume VT is applied with
all mandatory volume-controlled breaths at the lowest
required pressure.
With switchable synchronization and settable pressure
support (requires the spontaneous breathing support
option)
Advanced trends Includes the following functions:
– Graphical trends of measured values
– Mini-trends next to the waveforms
– Export of trend data to USB mass storage device
Advanced ventilation Includes the following functions:
monitoring – Display of patient compliance with trend
– Display of loops (Pressure-Volume and Flow-Vol-
ume)
– Volumeter (bar graphic for monitoring the inspira-
tory and expiratory tidal volumes)
– Display of the patient-triggered, mechanically sup-
ported minute volume compared with the manda-
tory minute volume
Advanced gas monitoring Includes the following functions:
– Indicator and trend for efficiency of fresh-gas set-
ting and anesthetic agent consumption, (econom-
eter and low-flow wizard (no trend))
– Display of gas consumption
– Display of anesthetic agent consumption and
uptake
– Display of MV×CO2 with trend
– Display of O2 uptake with trend
Overview
Name Description
Advanced neonatal sup- Includes advanced ventilation functions and monitor-
port ing functions for the ventilation of neonates:
– Minimum settable tidal volume of 5 mL
– Higher sweep speed
– Increased flow measurement sensitivity for more
precise ventilation monitoring
Expert view Provides the following advanced views:
– 4 waveforms
– 3 waveforms and one row with parameter fields
3.2.2 Ventilation drive

The device uses a piston drive as the ventilation drive and is equipped with
compliance compensation and fresh-gas decoupling. For further information see:
"Description of the ventilation drive", page 307.
3.2.3 Gas delivery

The device can deliver mixtures of medical gases to which an anesthetic agent is
added by means of a vaporizer.
Available gas mixtures

– O2 and Air with 2-gas mixer and 3-gas mixer
– O2 and N2O with 3-gas mixer
Usable anesthetic agents

– Sevoflurane
– Desflurane
– Isoflurane
– Halothane
– Enflurane
3.2.4 Ventilation modes

– Manual / Spontaneous
– CPAP / PSV
– PC - CMV
– PC - SIMV
– PC - SIMV / PS
– VC - CMV
– VC - SIMV
– VC - SIMV / PS
– VC - CMV / AutoFlow
Overview
– VC - SIMV / AutoFlow
– VC - SIMV / PS / AutoFlow
For a detailed description of the ventilation modes and the additional settings, see
page 298.
3.2.5 Additional operation modes

– External fresh-gas outlet
– Pause
– CBM mode
3.2.6 Monitoring
The device can monitor the following:
– Airway pressure
– Minute volume
– Inspiratory O2 concentration
– Inspiratory and expiratory anesthetic gas concentrations (only available with the
integrated patient-gas measurement module)
– Inspiratory and expiratory CO2 concentrations (only available with the integrated
patient-gas measurement module)
– Inspiratory and expiratory N2O concentrations (only available with the integrated
– Apnea (pressure, flow, and CO2)
– Occurrence of anesthetic gas mixtures (only available with the integrated
– Lack of fresh gas in the breathing system and the breathing circuit
3.2.7 Display on the screen

The device can display the following information on the integrated screen:
– Waveforms
– Graphical trends
– Numeric trends
– Loops
– Alarm logbook
– Logbook
– Numeric parameters
– Econometer
3.2.8 Logbook
The device can capture and store the following data, among other things:
– Measured values
– Set values and related changes
– Patient data
– Ventilation modes
Overview
– Events (e.g., alarms, confirmed alarms, switch-on time and switch-off time)
– Test results
– Gas consumption
– Anesthetic agent consumption
3.2.9 Gas supply

The device can be supplied with the following gases:
Central
Gas Gas cylinders
supply
O2 Yes Permanently mounted Dräger pressure reducer
(option)
or
Third-party manufacturer pressure reducer
Air Yes Permanently mounted Dräger pressure reducer
(option)
N 2O Yes (option) or
Third-party manufacturer pressure reducer
3.2.10 Gas scavenging

The gas can be scavenged by means of the following procedures:
– Active anesthetic gas scavenging
– Passive anesthetic gas scavenging
Further information can be found on page 65.
3.2.11 Data exchange, interfaces

3.2.11.1 Serial port
Two serial ports, COM 1 and COM 2, are provided for data transmission using the
MEDIBUS.X communication protocol.
3.2.11.2 USB port

After a suitable USB flash drive is connected, the USB port enables, e.g., the
following actions:
– Saving the screen contents as a screenshot.
– Saving and loading device configurations.
– Saving system test results or records as a text file.
Note the additional information on the specification of the USB port (see "Technical
data", page 267).
3.2.11.3 Network port

If an appropriate service contract has been obtained, the Dräger Remote Service
function can be executed.
The device can be connected to the Dräger ServiceConnect Gateway or a
DrägerService computer.
Overview
If the connected network offers an NTP service, the time on the device can be
synchronized with the time on the NTP server.
For further information see: "Connections to IT networks", page 294.
3.2.11.4 Support of Infinity ID accessories

– Replacement interval monitoring
– Anti-interchange security for breathing hoses
For further information see: "Support of Infinity ID accessories", page 312.
3.2.12 Safety functions

3.2.12.1 Emergency O2 delivery (electronically controlled gas mixer)
CAUTION
Risk of increased anesthetic agent delivery
When the emergency O2 delivery (Add. O2) is in use, anesthetic agent continues to
be delivered into the breathing system in accordance with the vaporizer setting.
When the emergency O2 delivery is used during low-flow anesthesia or minimal-
flow anesthesia, an increased quantity of anesthetic agent may enter the breathing
system. This may lead to an increased anesthetic gas concentration.
► Carefully monitor the gas mixture.
1. Check the vaporizer setting.

2. Set the O2 switch (1) upwards to the Add. O2 position.
36034
2
3. Open the flow control valve (2) on the O2 flowmeter and set the desired flow.
This O2 flow flows through the vaporizer.
Overview
3.2.12.2 Backup manual mode

In various technical fault situations, the backup manual mode enables a direct
changeover to manual ventilation in order to continue the therapy.
Backup manual mode with an electronically controlled gas mixer

1. Open the flap (1).
40676
2. Activate the backup manual switch (2). Follow the instructions on the product
label (3) or the screen (4).
39762
3. Set the O2 switch to Add. O2.

4. Open the flow control valve on the emergency O2 delivery and set an adequate
O2 flow. The set O2 flow constitutes the total fresh-gas flow.
5. Ventilate the patient manually.
a. During mechanical ventilation or in the Man/Spon ventilation mode:
Ventilate manually with the breathing bag.
b. When using the external fresh-gas outlet:
Ventilate manually with the breathing bag on the non-rebreathing system.
Overview
Backup manual mode with a mechanically controlled gas mixer

1. Open the flap (1).
40677
2. Activate the backup manual switch (2). Follow the instructions on the product
label (3) or the screen (4).
39763
a. During mechanical ventilation or in the Man/Spon ventilation mode:
Ventilate manually with the breathing bag.
b. When using the external fresh-gas outlet:
Ventilate manually with the breathing bag on the non-rebreathing system.
4. Set the fresh-gas flow.
Overview
3.2.12.3 Overview
The following table gives an overview of the integrated safety functions which come
into effect if problems occur during operation:
Fault Safety function

Leakage Automatic leakage compensation
– The pressure is held constant at the PEEP level.
– With pressure-controlled breaths, the pressure is regu-
lated according to the set pressure.
(In all pressure-controlled ventilation modes, small
amounts of leakage are compensated by the piston
drive.)
Mains power supply Uninterruptible power supply provided by internal battery
failure – Battery operation possible for at least 45 minutes, typi-
cally 150 minutes
– Automatic deactivation of the breathing system warmer
to increase battery runtime
Mains power supply – Manual ventilation and spontaneous breathing are
failure and battery available
discharged – Emergency O2 delivery (electronically controlled gas
mixer)
– Fresh-gas delivery (mechanically controlled gas mixer)
– Delivery of anesthetic agents via connected vaporizers
Failure of the central – Use of the connected gas cylinders
gas supply system
Complete failure of – Mechanical ventilation with ambient air possible (the
the gas supply hose with the breathing bag will have to be removed for
this)
– No anesthetic agent delivery from the connected
vaporizers possible; switch to intravenous anesthetic
agent required
Flow measurement – Mechanical ventilation can be continued.
failure – Limitations with regard to displayed measured values,
measurement accuracies, and when triggering manda-
tory breaths are possible.
Failure of fresh-gas – Emergency O2 delivery
delivery (electroni- For further information see: "Backup manual mode",
cally controlled page 38.
mixer only) – Anesthetic agent delivery from connected vaporizers
possible
– All ventilation modes are available.
Alternatively:
– Backup manual mode
Overview
Fault Safety function

Ventilator failure – Manual ventilation or spontaneous breathing possible
– Fresh-gas delivery available
– Anesthetic agent delivery from connected vaporizers
possible
Alternatively:
– Backup manual mode
Screen fault (screen If backup manual mode is activated:
does not respond to – Manual ventilation or spontaneous breathing possible
operation or has
– Emergency O2 delivery (electronically controlled gas
failed)
mixer) or fresh-gas delivery (mechanically controlled
gas mixer) available
possible
Complete device If backup manual mode is activated:
failure – Manual ventilation or spontaneous breathing possible
– Emergency O2 delivery (electronically controlled gas
mixer) or fresh-gas delivery (mechanically controlled
gas mixer) available
possible
Overview
3.3 Gas flow diagram

3.3.1 Breathing system
36482
No. Designation
1 Fresh gas (O2, Air, N2O) and anesthetic gas
2 CO2 absorber
3 Changeover between mechanical ventilation and Manual / Spontaneous
4 Anesthetic gas receiving system
5 Anesthetic gas scavenging valve
6 APL valve
7 Breathing bag
8 PEEP/Pmax valve
9 Patient-gas measurement module
10 Expiratory valve
11 Expiratory pressure measurement
12 Pressure gauge (option)
13 Patient
14 Expiratory flow sensor
15 Inspiratory flow sensor
16 Inspiratory valve
17 Inspiratory pressure measurement
18 Inspiratory O2 sensor
19 Ventilation drive
20 Fresh-gas decoupling valve
Overview
3.3.2 Gas supply (electronically controlled gas mixer)
36484
No. Designation
1 Gas supply (central supply or gas cylinders)
2 Gas mixer
3 O2 flowmeter
4 O2 switch
5 Vaporizer
6 Ejector
7 O2 flush
8 Breathing system
9 Switch-over valve
10 External fresh-gas outlet
Overview
3.3.3 Gas supply (mechanically controlled gas mixer)
36485
No. Designation
1 Gas supply (central supply or gas cylinders)
2 Flow control valves
3 Minimum O2 delivery
4 Total flow tube
5 Vaporizer
6 Ejector
7 O2 flush
8 Breathing system
9 Switch-over valve
10 External fresh-gas outlet
11 O2 flowmeter (option)
Assembly and preparation
4 Assembly and preparation

Hoses, filters, cables, and breathing bags
Additional components or certain hose configurations may alter the values for
leakage, compliance, and inspiratory and expiratory resistances and thus affect the
therapy. Consequently, the patient may be put at risk, e.g., the tidal volume may
deviate.
► When using configurations that deviate from a standard breathing circuit, the
user must pay particular attention to the measured values.
► Perform a leakage test after replacing breathing hoses, particularly extendable
hoses, vaporizers, soda lime, or other components.
► Perform a leakage test after changing the length of extendable hoses.
► Do not use extendable hoses to ventilate neonates.
As a result of leakage, ambient air may get into the breathing gas, breathing gas
may escape, or contamination of the connected central supply may occur.
The patient or the user may be put at risk due to the following:
– Reduction of the depth of anesthesia
– Incorrect gas measurements
– The applied volume is less than the set volume.
– Accumulation of anesthetic gas in the ambient air
– Contamination of the supply gases
– The sample line is damaged.
– The CO2 absorber is incorrectly locked in place.
► Connect the sample line correctly.
► Perform the leakage test before using the device. Rectify the leakage or reduce
it to a minimum.
► If the central supply fails during operation, disconnect the hoses for the failed
gas from the central supply.
► After mounting and replacing, make sure the CO2 absorber is firmly locked into
place.
Leakage in the inner hose of a coaxial breathing circuit may result in rebreathing
CO2 or inadequate gas exchange. The device can only detect such leakage if a
separate test with a coaxial test adapter is performed.
► Check the inner hose for leakage. With Dräger hoses, use the appropriate test
adapter. Next, perform a leakage test on the entire breathing circuit. Observe the
following information: "Checking a coaxial breathing circuit", page 132.
► Monitor the measured gas concentrations during ventilation.
CO2 absorber
Moisture losses occur if fresh gas is continuously passed through the soda lime. If
the moisture falls below the minimum level, the following adverse reactions occur
regardless of the type of soda lime and inhalational anesthetic agent used:
– Reduced CO2 absorption and consequently an increase in inspiratory CO2
values
– Increased generation of heat in the CO2 absorber and consequently increased
breathing gas temperature
– Formation of carbon monoxide
– Absorption and/or degradation of the inhalational anesthetic agent
► Check the soda lime for color changes regularly and replace if necessary,
especially if the inspiratory CO2 value increases unexpectedly.
► Do not use unnecessarily high fresh-gas flows.
► Only use the O2 flush when it is required.
► With electronically controlled gas mixer:
Only use the emergency O2 delivery when it is required.
► With mechanically controlled gas mixer:
Do not leave the flow control valves open for an unnecessarily long period of
time.
► Use a suitable soda lime such as Drägersorb Free. Do not use any soda lime
based on potassium hydroxide.
Soda lime is caustic and is a strong irritant for eyes, skin, and airway.
► Handle the soda lime carefully and do not spill it.
Water trap and integrated patient-gas measurement module

Due to the technical characteristics of gas measurement, the measured gas values
might be inaccurate at high respiratory rates and certain I:E ratios. As a result, the
patient could be put at risk.
► Pay attention to the technical data for gas measurement.
Contaminants, aerosol propellants, damage, or overfilling of the water trap can
impair gas measurement. This may result in inadequate ventilation and the patient
may be put at risk.
► Check the water level in the water trap regularly and empty or replace the water
trap if necessary.
► Do not use medication nebulizers.
► Follow the instructions for use of the water trap.
► A device equipped with an integrated patient-gas measurement module must
always be operated with a water trap fitted to the patient-gas measurement
module.
Silicone residues or aerosol residues in the water trap can get into the measuring
cuvette. As a result, the measurement may be compromised or a fire could start,
putting the user and patient at risk.
► Do not spray the O-rings of the water trap holder with silicone spray.
4.1.1 Electrical safety

Ambient conditions
If the device is operated or connected to the mains power supply at ambient
temperatures above 35 °C (95 °F), the battery cannot be charged properly. The
power supply out of the battery may be limited. As a result, the patient could be put
at risk.
► Do not expose the device to temperatures above 35 °C (95 °F) on a permanent
basis.
Mains power supply

If the device is connected to a power socket with incorrect mains voltage or a power
socket without a protective ground conductor, an electric shock may occur.
Connecting the device to auxiliary power sockets can lead to an increased leakage
current. This may result in an electric shock and the user and patient may be put at
risk.
► Connect the device only to power sockets with correct mains voltage and a
protective ground conductor.
► Do not connect the device to additional power socket strips.
Battery supply
If the battery is not sufficiently charged, it may not be possible to maintain operation
for long enough if the mains power supply fails. If there is a mains power supply
failure, devices connected to the auxiliary power sockets are not supplied from the
internal battery. As a result, the patient could be put at risk.
► Before first operation or after storage, charge the battery for at least 8 hours.
► Check the functional integrity of the battery by performing regular inspections.
Auxiliary power sockets

The connection of devices to auxiliary power sockets can lead to an increased
leakage current. If the protective ground conductor of one of these devices fails, the
leakage current may rise above the permissible values. This may result in an
electric shock or device failure and the patient and user may be put at risk.
► Do not connect additional power socket strips to the integrated auxiliary power
sockets on the device, but rather to separate power sockets on the wall.
► Have the leakage current checked by service personnel.
► If the permissible value is exceeded, use separate power sockets on the wall
instead of the auxiliary power socket on the device.
► Do not connect high-frequency surgery equipment to the auxiliary power sockets
of the anesthesia machine.
► When making a connection, follow the manufacturer's instructions for all
connected devices.
Interfaces
Connecting devices to the data interfaces (serial ports and network ports) can lead
to an increased leakage current. If the protective ground conductor of one of these
devices fails, the patient leakage current may rise above the permissible values.
This may result in an electric shock and the user and patient may be at risk.
► Only use USB devices that do not have their own power supply.
► Only connect devices or networks to a serial port, or to the network port, that
have a maximum nominal voltage of 24 V DC and meet one of the following
standards:
– IEC 60950-1: Ungrounded SELV circuits
– IEC 60601-1 (as of 2nd edition): Touchable secondary circuits
► Have the leakage current checked by service personnel.
► If the permissible value is exceeded, disconnect the devices from the serial
ports.
► Do not touch the interface ports and the patient simultaneously.
4.1.2 Explosion protection

Flammable gases
In combination with oxygen or nitrous oxide, ignition sources such as
electrosurgery, laser surgery, and faulty cables or connectors can cause fires. As a
result, user and patient could be put at risk.
► This device is not approved for use in areas where oxygen concentrations
greater than 25 Vol%, combustible, or explosive gas mixtures are likely to occur.
► Maintain a distance of at least 200 mm (7.9 in) between electrical connections
and components which conduct oxygen and nitrous oxide.
► Cables and connections must be sufficiently insulated and must not be
damaged. Check cables for damage daily.
► Disconnect all oxygen feeds if oxygen leakage is suspected in the device or its
vicinity. Do not operate the device, and contact service personnel.
► Keep ignition sources away from the device.
Flow sensors
Residues which are not removed during reprocessing can damage the measuring
wires in the flow sensor or cause fire. As a result, user and patient could be put at
risk.
► Check the flow sensor before insertion and at regular intervals afterwards for
visible damage, soiling, and particles.
► Replace flow sensors when damaged, soiled, or not particle-free.
Drugs or other substances based on readily flammable substances may be ignited
by the flow sensor. As a result, user and patient could be put at risk.
► Do not nebulize drugs or other substances based on readily flammable
substances or spray them into the device.
► Do not use any substances containing alcohol.
► Do not allow any combustible or explosive substances to get into the breathing
system or the breathing circuit.
► Do not use cyclopropane or ether.
Pressure reducers
Pressure reducers have an internal pressure release valve. If a fault occurs, gas
may escape into the ambient air. Personal injury or property damage may result as
a consequence.
► Do not block or cover the pressure release valve.
4.1.3 Mechanical safety

Accessories
If the weight of the accessories is unevenly distributed on the device or exceeds the
permissible limits, the device may tip over. The end stops of the support arms in use
must be functional, otherwise the arms may swing unchecked.
► Distribute the weight evenly.
► Pay attention to the maximum weight on each support arm.
► Check whether the optional counterweight in the lower section of the trolley is
required (see "Compact version with counterweight", page 54).
► Check the functional integrity of the support arm end stops after the following
activities:
– After fitting accessories
– After transporting the device
Trapping of body parts

Movable components or attached parts may cause crushing due to trapping. Pay
special attention to edges, movable parts, and corners when working with the
following components:
► Breathing system cover
► Drawers
► Folding table extension
► Pull-out writing tray
► Support arms for mounted devices
► Accessories such as gas cylinders, vaporizers, CLIC absorbers, and CLIC
adapters
Accidental movement of the trolley

An unbraked device may accidentally move during operation. As a result, user and
► Prevent this by actuating the central brake or the castor brakes, and check their
function.
Strangulation
Negligent placement of hoses, cables, and similar device components can put the
patient at risk.
► Use particular caution when establishing connections to the patient.
Transport
If the device collides with an obstacle during transport, the pressure reducers may
be damaged. Take the following measures before transporting:
► Align the pressure reducers so that they are protected from collisions.
► Close the valves on the gas cylinders.
During transport, the device may tip over due to incorrect handling or carelessness.
Personal injury or property damage may result as a consequence.
► To push or pull the device, hold it by the standard rail with the handle (right-hand
side of device).
► The device may only be moved by persons who have the physical ability to do
so.
► Always have the device moved by 2 persons for better maneuverability and
when it is being transported over sloping surfaces.
► When the device is moved over inclines, around corners, or over thresholds
(e.g., through doors or in elevators), make sure that it does not bump against
anything.
► Do not pull the device over hoses, cables, or other obstacles lying on the floor.
► Do not operate either the central brake or any of the castor brakes while the
device is being moved.
► Do not lean against the device.
4.1.4 Color codes and labels

If the vaporizer is filled with the wrong anesthetic agent or if the filling level is too
low, incorrect anesthetic gas concentrations or concentrations that are too low can
occur as a result.
► Compare the color code and labeling on the vaporizer used with the anesthetic
agent bottle and the anesthetic agent indicated on the screen.
4.1.5 Gas supply

All gas supplies (central supply, gas cylinders) must be correctly connected since
otherwise the backup system (gas cylinders) will not be available if the gas supply
fails. Other devices, e.g., a bronchial suction system, which are connected to the
gas outlets of the device, will no longer be supplied with gas. As a result, the patient
could be put at risk.
► Make sure that all compressed gas hoses are correctly connected to the rear
side of the device.
► After connecting the gas supplies, ensure their functional integrity. Set the
supply pressure from the gas cylinders in accordance with the specifications on
the device.
► Even when the device is connected to the central supply, the gas cylinders
should remain by the device with valves closed as backup.
► Always monitor the gas supply to connected devices independently of the main
device.
Devices connected to the gas supply may be damaged by inadequate gas quality.
The use of non-medical gas can result in gas compositions that impair the
functional integrity of the device.
► Use only medical gases.
► Follow the national and international standards regarding the use of medical
gases.
Impermissible supply pressures or using oxygen supplies with less than 100 % O2
may cause incorrect gas composition. As a result, the patient could be put at risk.
► Check the supply pressures of the central supply and of the gas cylinders before
operation.
► When using O2, use only 100 % O2.
The following effects may occur when using O2 concentrators and may put the
patient at risk:
– Deviations between the set value and the actual value for fresh-gas flow and
O2 concentration in the fresh gas
– Inaccurate measured values for volume, anesthetic agent consumption,
econometer, and low-flow wizard
– Accumulation of argon in low-flow operation and minimal-flow operation
► Do not use any O2 concentrators.
A failure of the gas supply can result in a risk of patient injury. In the following
cases, the availability of the gas cylinders cannot be monitored and the backup
functionality may be put at risk:
– Instead of a Dräger pressure reducer, a pressure reducer without the required
pressure sensor is used.
– A central supply hose is connected to the connector for the compressed gas
cylinders.
► If monitoring of the gas cylinders is not available, suitable pressure monitoring
conforming to ISO 80601-2-13 must be used. This will allow the user to read the
cylinder pressures from the user's operating location.
► Do not connect central supply hoses to the connectors for gas cylinders.
4.2 Mounting of accessories

Information on the mounting of accessories is described in the assembly
instructions.
4.2.1 Large version

The maximum total weight of the accessories is 45 kg (99 lbs).
The weight is distributed as follows:
Column cover
The column cover may be loaded with a maximum of 15 kg (33 lbs).
Left and right sides

Mounting position Maximum weight Additional restrictions
All accessories on a 25 kg (55 lbs) Maximum arm length: 75 cm (29 in)
single arm
Accessories distrib- 40 kg (88 lbs) Maximum arm length: 40 cm (16 in)
uted over several
arms on both sides
Accessories on both 15 kg (33 lbs) per arm Maximum arm length:
sides, distributed over First arm: 75 cm (29 in)
2 arms Second arm: 40 cm (16 in)
Accessories that are See product label Maximum distance to the device:
not mounted on arms 10 cm (4 in)
Rear
The rear may be loaded with a maximum of 40 kg (88 lbs). In addition to the
accessories, this must also take account of the weight of gas cylinders including the
pressure reducers and the hanger yoke system.
Other components
Component Maximum weight
Writing tray 20 kg (44 lbs)
Standard rail 10 kg (22 lbs)
Large drawer 3 kg (6.6 lbs)
Small drawer 2 kg (4.4 lbs)
4.2.2 Compact version

The maximum total weight of the accessories is 30 kg (66 lbs).
Column cover

All accessories on a 15 kg (33 lbs) Maximum arm length:
single arm Left side: 75 cm (29 in)
Right side: 40 cm (16 in)
Rear
Other components
4.2.3 Compact version with counterweight

There is a counterweight of 30 kg (66 lbs) fitted in the lower section of the trolley.
Thus the maximum total weight of the accessories rises to 45 kg (99 lbs).
Column cover

All accessories on a 20 kg (44 lbs) Maximum arm length: 75 cm (29 in)
single arm
Accessories distrib- 30 kg (66 lbs) Maximum arm length: 40 cm (16 in)
uted over several
arms on both sides
Rear
Other components
4.3 Before first operation
The breathing system must be reprocessed before the device is operated for the
first time.
4.3.1 Inserting the O2 sensor cell

If the device is equipped with an O2 sensor, an O2 sensor cell must be inserted into
the O2 sensor.
1. Disassemble the O2 sensor (see "Disassembling the O2 sensor", page 233).
2. Insert the new O2 sensor cell (1) into the O2 sensor.
39637
1
After the O2 sensor cell has been inserted, the initialization phase of the O2
sensor takes place. The initialization lasts 30 minutes. The 30 minutes start when
the mains power supply is established.
4.3.2 Assembling and inserting the O2 sensor

1. Place the sensor cap (1) on the O2 sensor.
37178
2. Turn the knurled nut (2) about 90° clockwise. Turn it until the palpable resistance
is overcome and a click is heard. The sensor cap is now fitted.
37179
3. Insert the O2 sensor (3) into the sensor port.
38271
4. Turn the O2 sensor (4) clockwise.
38272
5. Put the breathing system cover (5) in place and click it into position.
36505
4.3.3 Establishing the mains power supply
The mains voltage must correspond to the voltage range indicated on the rating
plate on the rear of the device.
To protect from inadvertent disconnection of the power cable, the power inlet of the
device is secured with a guard plate.
1. WARNING
Risk due to incorrect mains voltage or missing protective ground
conductor
If the device is connected to a power socket with incorrect mains voltage or a
power socket without a protective ground conductor, an electric shock may
occur.
► Connect the device only to power sockets with correct mains voltage and a
protective ground conductor.
WARNING
Risk of electric shock
If the device is connected to an additional power socket strip, this may lead to
increased leakage current. The leakage current may exceed the permissible
values.
► Do not connect the device to additional power socket strips.
► Do not connect additional power socket strips to the integrated auxiliary
power sockets on the device, but rather to separate power sockets on the
wall.
Plug the power plug into the power socket.
The power plug must be readily accessible so that the power supply to the
device can be interrupted quickly in the event of a device malfunction.
2. Using the symbols on the status display, check that the power supply is
established.
3. Turn on the device.
4.3.4 Charging the battery

The internal battery will automatically start charging as soon as the device is
connected to the mains power supply.
4.3.5 Connecting other devices to the auxiliary power sockets

An illustration of the auxiliary power sockets can be found on page 28.
1. Connect the power cable of the other device to an auxiliary power socket.
Make sure that the maximum current consumption of the other devices does not
exceed the permissible value.
WARNING
Risk of fire
Components such as power supply units that heat up are unable to cool down in
enclosed storage locations and may cause a fire.
► Do not keep components that heat up in the drawers or in the storage
compartment at the rear of the device.
4.3.6 Establishing potential equalization

Differences in electrical potential between devices can be reduced by potential
equalization.
Potential equalization does not replace the connection with protective ground
conductor.
During operation, the potential equalization connector must be readily accessible
and the potential equalization cable must be removable without tools.
4.3.6.1 Connecting the potential equalization cable

– Connect the potential equalization cable to the potential equalization pin on the
device (see "Connectors", page 25).
– Connect the potential equalization cable to a potential equalization connector of
the hospital (e.g., wall, ceiling supply unit, operating table).
4.3.7 Connecting devices to the data interfaces

This device is equipped with data interfaces such as LAN and RS232. These
interfaces can be used to set up an IT network in accordance with IEC 60601-1.
4.3.7.1 Establishing a data connection
► WARNING
Risk of overloading the network
The following hazardous situations may occur if the network does not possess
the required characteristics:
► Exported patient-related data (age, weight, height) and therapy-related data
may be intercepted, falsified, or damaged.
► An overload of the device due to high network load (e.g., caused by denial-
of-service attacks) may lead to a shut-down of the device’s network port. The
network port will not be available again until the device is restarted.
Connect the device to a network or a computer.
An illustration of the ports can be found on page 25.
To use the anesthetic gas compensation - see page 98 - connect an anesthetic gas
monitor to the COM 2 port.
Only use the cables from the list of accessories.
For further information on configuring the particular interface, see page 179.
4.4 Intrahospital transport

Transport includes any movement of the device to other rooms or functional areas.
Alignment or positioning of the device within the operating room is not counted as
transport.
4.4.1 Increasing the tipping stability during transport

1. Carefully fold the arms with any mounted accessories against the device, (e.g.,
patient monitor, data management system, syringe pumps).
2. Use a strap to prevent the arms from swinging out in an uncontrolled manner.
3. Remove all loose objects from the attached arms and the shelves.
4. Remove all objects weighing more than 8 kg from the rails.
5. Remove the vaporizers.
6. Remove all objects from the writing tray and the work surface.
7. Slide the writing tray completely into the device.
8. Position the breathing bag arm (if present) close to the device.
9. Push in and lock the drawers (if present).
4.4.2 Parking the medical device

When parking, always engage the brakes (central brake for front castors and castor
brake at rear), especially on inclined surfaces.
4.4.3 Visual inspection after transport

1. Check the device for damage, particularly the hoses and cables.
2. Do not operate a damaged device. The damage must be repaired by service
personnel before the device is used.
4.5 Gas supply

4.5.1 Connecting to the central gas supply system
1. Screw the compressed gas hoses for the central gas supply system to the gas
inlets by hand, see page 26.
2. WARNING
Danger to the patient and user
If the strain relief for the compressed gas hoses is not used, the device may be
damaged.
► Use the strain relief for the compressed gas hoses.
Insert the compressed gas hoses into the strain relief. Tighten the strain relief,
see page 23.
3. Connect the compressed gas hoses to the terminal units.

4. Check if all hoses are correctly connected. Using the symbols on the status
display, check that the gas supply is established (see page 29).
4.5.2 Connecting the gas cylinders

The connectors on the gas cylinders and pressure reducers must be undamaged
and free from dust, particles, and grease. Otherwise, there is risk of fire.
When handling pressure reducers, follow the relevant national laws and
regulations.
4.5.2.1 Connecting gas cylinders with screw connections
1. WARNING
Danger to the patient and user
If the strain relief for the compressed gas hoses is not used, the device may be
damaged.
► Use the strain relief for the compressed gas hoses.
WARNING
Risk of fire
Ignition sources together with oxygen can cause fires.
► Do not position oxygen sources in the vicinity of ignition sources, e.g.,
electrical connectors.
► Always fit the oxygen cylinder in the right-hand fixing position on the rear.
Insert the compressed gas hoses into the strain relief (1). Tighten the strain
relief.
36490
2. Check that the pressure measuring lines above the gas inlets are correctly
connected (2).
3. Place the gas cylinders (3) in the gas cylinder holders. Secure with hook-and-
loop straps.
4. WARNING
Risk of personal injury and damage to the device
Pressure reducers have an internal release valve. If a fault occurs, gas may
escape into the ambient air.
► Do not block or cover the release valve.
NOTICE
Risk of damage to the device
► When connecting the pressure reducers, ensure that they do not protrude
beyond the device.
Tightly screw the pressure reducers (4) to the gas cylinder valves. The
connectors must fit each other directly. Do not use an adapter.
4.5.2.2 Connecting suspended gas cylinders with pin-index connectors

Before first use
1. Insert the compressed gas hoses into the strain relief (1) on the rear of the
device. Tighten the strain relief.
36492
2. Connect the pressure measurement lines to the connectors (2).
3. The gas cylinder holder can be fastened at 2 different heights (not shown in this
illustration). Adjust the position of the gas cylinder holder to the size of the gas
cylinder in use. Contact service personnel to do this.
Fitting the gas cylinders

1. Remove the protection cap from the head of the cylinder (1).
36491
2. Make sure that both pin-index pins (2) are present below the gas inlet (3).
3. Align the gas cylinder (4) so that the pin-index holes on the head of the
cylinder (1) are pointing towards the pin-index pins (2).
4. Insert the head of the cylinder (1) into the cylinder holder (5) from below.
5. Allow the pin-index pins (2) to engage in the pin-index holes.
6. Turn the handle (6) clockwise until the threaded stud is slightly screwed into the
visible recess on the head of the cylinder.
Align the gas cylinder (4) so that it is hanging vertically.
7. Tighten the handle (6).
8. Secure the gas cylinders (4) with hook-and-loop straps (not shown here).
Replacing the gas cylinder

1. Remove the old sealing washer (1).
40163
2. Insert a new sealing washer (1) on the cylinder holder (2).

3. Continue with fitting the gas cylinders, see "Fitting the gas cylinders".
If required, the gas cylinder valve (3) can be opened with the supplied wrench (4).
4.5.2.3 Handling O2 gas cylinders
► WARNING
Risk of explosion
When pressurized, O2 is self-igniting in combination with oil or grease.
► Do not oil or grease the gas cylinder valve or the pressure reducer on the O2
cylinder. Do not touch with oily or greasy fingers.
The gas cylinder valves must only be opened and closed slowly. Do not use any
tools with the screw connection variants.
Have service personnel replace any leaky or stiff gas cylinder valves.
4.5.3 Fitting the vaporizers

The device can be operated with vaporizers which have a Dräger Auto Exclusion
plug-in adapter or a Selectatec plug-in adapter. Dräger recommends using only
vaporizers that are listed in the list of accessories and have been tested.
The vaporizers used must conform to the ISO 8835-4 or ISO 80601-2-13 standard.
The illustration shows vaporizers of the type Dräger-Vapor 3000.
Connecting the vaporizers
WARNING
Risk due to improperly mounted vaporizers
Incorrectly mounted vaporizers can cause leakage. This can cause the fresh-gas
delivery to be too low or contaminate the ambient air. Patient and user can be
endangered.
► Make sure that the connected vaporizers are hanging vertically.
► When using D-Vapor vaporizers, make sure that the power cable is not pinched.
► After mounting the vaporizers, perform a leakage test.
1. Set all the vaporizers upright and securely on the plug-in adapter.
2. Turn the locking levers (1) clockwise. The vaporizers are locked when the levers
are pointing to the left.
The illustration shows vaporizers of the type Dräger-Vapor 3000.
36493
3. WARNING
Risk due to incorrect anesthetic agent delivery
If the vaporizer is filled with the wrong anesthetic agent or if it is not filled
sufficiently, incorrect anesthetic gas concentrations or concentrations that are
too low can occur as a result.
► Compare the color code and labeling on the vaporizer used with the
anesthetic agent bottle.
► Follow the instructions for use for the vaporizer.
Check the filling levels in the sight glasses (2). Fill the vaporizers if required.
4. Turn the control dial on each vaporizer to the 0 position. The key (3) engages.
Checking the metering interlock

The vaporizers have an interlock system which by means of a metering interlock
prevents the simultaneous opening of 2 vaporizers.
1. Turn the control dial on one of the vaporizers to a position other than 0.
2. Test the control dials of the other vaporizers to see if they can be turned. The
metering interlock is active if the control dial remains in the 0 position.
3. Turn the vaporizer opened in step 1 back to the 0 position.
4. Repeat this test for all the vaporizers.
Special characteristics of the D-Vapor

1. Connect the power cable to a power socket.
2. If required, establish a potential equalization connection.
3. Stow the cable in a cable duct if necessary.
4.6 Connecting to the gas scavenging system

The device is equipped with an active or a passive anesthetic gas receiving system
(AGS).
The active anesthetic gas receiving system can be combined with a control valve or
an ejector. Follow the relevant assembly instructions.
► Make sure that the ventilation slots on the underside of the AGS are not blocked.
4.6.1 Active anesthetic gas scavenging
1. CAUTION
Risk of ambient air contamination
If the anesthetic gas receiving system is not connected to the disposal system,
contamination of the ambient air with anesthetic gas may result.
► Connect the anesthetic gas receiving system correctly to the disposal
system.
Connect the scavenging hose (1) to the nozzle on the AGS.
36494
2. Secure the scavenging hose with the clip (2).
3. Connect the gas probe of the scavenging hose to the terminal unit (3) of the
disposal system.
36495
4. Check the flow indicator.
40960
4
5
If the flow indicator (4) is floating in the normal range (5), the anesthetic gas
scavenging system is functional.
If the flow indicator is floating in the restricted range (6), certain fresh-gas flows
should not be exceeded, see "Anesthetic gas receiving system" in chapter
"Technical data".
4.6.2 Passive anesthetic gas scavenging
1. WARNING
Risk of negative pressure
If a passive AGS is connected to an active anesthetic gas scavenging system, a
negative pressure may arise in the patient’s lungs.
► Connecting a passive AGS to an active anesthetic gas scavenging system is
not allowed.
WARNING
Risk of overpressure
If the overpressure valve in the passive AGS or the scavenging hose is blocked,
overpressure in the breathing circuit and in the patient’s lungs will occur.
► Only connect the passive AGS to kink-proof and pressure-tight scavenging
hoses.
WARNING
Risk of ambient air contamination
The ambient air will be contaminated if the passive AGS feeds excess
anesthetic gas to a ventilation system with circulating air.
► Use the passive AGS only with ventilation systems that work without
circulating air.
Connect the scavenging hose (1) to the nozzle on the AGS.
36494
2. Secure the scavenging hose with the clip (2).
3. Lay the scavenging hose so that the gas is disposed of, e.g., by a ventilation
system.
4. Fasten the end of the hose.
4.7 Preparation for an operation day / after cleaning and

sterilization
► Assemble the device and prepare it ready for operation.
Observe the information in the following chapter: "Fitting and
assembly", page 249.
4.8 Selecting and connecting patient-specific accessories

4.8.1 Fitting the breathing circuit and the filters
This device is made without natural rubber latex.

To minimize the risk of contact with latex, use breathing bags and breathing hoses
that are not made with natural rubber latex.
The device can be used with Infinity ID breathing hoses or conventional breathing
hoses. If no leakage test has yet been performed after switching on the device,
hose compliance and hose resistance will automatically be adopted when Infinity ID
breathing hoses are connected.
Do not use any inspiratory or expiratory bacteria filters if the ID functionality of
the Infinity ID breathing circuit is to be used. In this case, fit a filter to the Y-piece.
In cases which preclude use of a bacteria filter at the Y-piece, the Infinity ID function
of the Infinity ID breathing circuit cannot be used.
1. Select suitable accessories for the respective patient category.

When applying tidal volumes in the transition range for a specific patient
category, use the smaller breathing bag and the smaller breathing circuit.
Adults Pediatric Neonates

patients
Tidal volume >700 mL 301 to 50 to 300 mL <50 mL
700 mL
Breathing 3L 2L 1L 0.5 L
bag
Breathing Adults Pediatric Neonates
circuit (or pediatric)
Filter Filter or HMEF Use a filter with
low resistance
and compliance.
2. WARNING
Risk due to particles and dust
In order to protect the patient from particles and dust, a filter must be used
between the inspiratory limb of the breathing system and the patient.
► Use a filter at the Y-piece or at the inspiratory port.
WARNING
Risk of infection
The breathing system may be contaminated with infectious agents. The
following causes may be present:
– No bacteria filters have been used at the Y-piece or at the expiratory port.
– The breathing system is being used for the first time.
Perform the following measures:
► Reprocess the breathing system before the first use.
► Reprocess the breathing system if necessary.
► To prevent future contamination, use bacteria filters close to the patient.
CAUTION
Risk due to too low tidal volumes
The hose configuration can influence the values for leakage, compliance,
resistance, and the therapy. Consequently, the tidal volume, for example, may
be too high or too low.
► Perform a leakage test after replacing breathing hoses, particularly
extendable hoses.
► Do not use extendable hoses to ventilate neonates.
Assemble the breathing circuit and connect it to the Y-piece and nozzles on the
breathing system. Observe the following information: "Permissible hose
configurations", page 69.
35636
When attaching or removing the breathing hoses, always hold them by the
connection sleeve and not by the hose itself.
4.8.1.1 Permissible hose configurations
Breathing hoses, sample line, and filters, etc., must be arranged carefully and
adapted to the patient, particularly for neonates and pediatric patients. For further
information see: "Improving the CO2 measurement by means of an HME filter",
page 308.
The permissible hose configurations are marked with an "X" in the following table:
Configuration Adult Ped. Neo.

A breathing system filter or an HME filter
between Y-piece and patient; sample line
connected to the filter
X X
One breathing system filter on each of

the inspiratory port and expiratory port;
sample line connected to the Y-piece
X X
– One breathing system filter on each

of the inspiratory port and expiratory
port; sample line connected to a con-
nector as close as possible to the
patient
– Extract the sample gas at a connector
in which the gas has laminar flow X X X
without turbulence.
– If no filter can be used at the expira-
tory port (e.g., if there is intrinsic
PEEP due to Air trapping), reprocess
the breathing system after every
patient.
When using fine pored filters between
the Y-piece and the patient, do not con-
nect the sample line between the tube
and the filter but rather to the filter or Y- X X
piece.
When using a heat and moisture

exchanger (HME) between the Y-piece
and the patient, connect the sample line
to a connector as close as possible to
the patient.
– Set the alarm limits for MV low and X X
Paw high to suitable values. Observe
the following information: "Reason-
able alarm settings", page 309.
– Only use HME filters that are listed in
the list of accessories.
4.8.2 Breathing bag

The breathing bag can be mounted either on the breathing bag arm or, using the
bag elbow and a breathing hose, mounted directly on the breathing system.
4.8.2.1 Attaching the breathing bag

1. Connect the breathing bag to the breathing bag hose using the connection
nozzle. Attach the breathing bag hose to the bag elbow.
37137
2. WARNING
Risk due to pinched breathing bag
If the breathing bag is pinched, excessive airway pressures or a lack of fresh
gas may result.
► When attaching, ensure the following:
– The breathing bag is not pinched.
– The breathing bag can inflate freely.
Lay the breathing bag hose in the holder (1) in a loop so that the bag hangs on
the left of the holder.
Make sure that the breathing bag is not impeded by breathing hoses or cables
when inflating.
4.8.2.2 Attaching the breathing bag to the breathing bag arm (option)
► Attach the breathing bag to the elbow.
37138
4.8.3 Observing resistance and compliance

Accessories such as filters influence the dead space, compliance, and resistance of
the breathing circuit.
In addition, changes in resistance and compliance arise over time as a result of
moisture in the breathing gas or residues of secretions.
4.8.3.1 Calculating the resistance of the breathing system and connected

accessories
The sum of the resistance values in the inspiratory limb must not be less than –
6.0 hPa (cmH2O). The sum of the resistances in the expiratory limb must not
exceed 6.0 hPa (cmH2O).
Only include resistance values in calculations that were taken under the same flow
conditions:
Patient category Flow

Adults 30 L/min
Pediatric patients 15 L/min
Neonates 2.5 L/min
The following formula is used to calculate the resistance (R):

RInspiration =
RBreathing system_insp - RInsp hose - RBreathing bag hose - RInsp filter (port) - RInsp filter
(Y-piece)
RExpiration =
RBreathing system_exp + RExp hose + RExp filter (port) + RExp filter (Y-piece)
If necessary, take into consideration other parts such as water traps or additional
hoses. The specifications for the resistance of the breathing system can be found
on page 290. The specifications for all other accessories can be found in the
respective instructions for use.
In these instructions for use, the specifications for the resistance in the inspiratory
limb are regarded as negative values. The resistance values given in the
instructions for use for the accessories must therefore be subtracted from the
inspiratory resistance of the breathing system.
Example of calculation: Adult breathing hose with filter on Y-piece, no filters

on the ports
Inspiratory resistance Expiratory resistance

[hPa (cmH2O)] [hPa (cmH2O)]
at 30 L/min at 30 L/min
Breathing system with RBreathing_sys- –1.2 RBreathing_system_ 2.9
reusable CO2 absorber and tem_insp exp
MX50115 soda lime dust fil-
ter
Breathing hose - RInsp_hose 0.5 + RExp_hose 0.5
Breathing bag hose - RBreath- 0.3
ing_bag_hose
Filter at inspiratory port - RInsp_filter(port) 0
Filter at expiratory port + RExp_filter(port) 0
Filter at Y-piece - RInsp_filter(Y-piece) 2 + RExp_filter(Y-piece) 2
Result RInspiration -4.0 RExpiration 5.4
Since RInspiration is greater than –6 hPa (cmH2O) and RExpiration is less than 6 hPa
(cmH2O), this configuration may be used.
Depending on the breathing circuit in use, the connected accessories, and the
resistance of the patient's airways, air trapping (incomplete expiration) may occur
with some ventilation settings. Air trapping can be recognized on the flow waveform
by the fact that the inspiration begins before the expiration has ended.
The effects are, for example, a reduced minute volume in pressure-controlled
ventilation or higher mean airway pressures and peak pressures in volume-
controlled ventilation.
Air trapping can be prevented on the anesthesia machine by the following
measures:
– Adjusting the respiratory rate and inspiratory time
– Changing the configuration of breathing hoses and accessories that carry gases
during the expiratory time
It is the responsibility of the user of the medical device to select the most suitable
remedial measure.
4.8.4 Connecting a non-rebreathing system

Non-rebreathing systems are suitable and intended only for manual ventilation or
spontaneous breathing. This connection is only possible with the "External fresh-
gas outlet" option.
Since no rebreathing via the breathing system takes place when a non-rebreathing
system is in use, the fresh-gas flow must be set at least as high as the minute
volume.
Follow the instructions for use for the non-rebreathing system and the transfer
hose.
To prevent contamination of the ambient air with anesthetic gases, connect the gas
outlet of the non-rebreathing system to the inlet on the AGS.
1. WARNING
Risk of excessively high airway pressure
Without a pressure release valve or breathing bag, airway pressure may
become too high.
► Only non-rebreathing systems with breathing bags or pressure release
valves which comply with ISO 8835-2 may be connected.
Select a suitable non-rebreathing system.
2. WARNING
Risk of faulty gas delivery
Faulty gas delivery and insufficient gas supply when a non-rebreathing system is
used may put the patient at risk. Thus O2, CO2, and any anesthetic gases must
also be monitored for non-rebreathing systems.
► The sample line must be connected to the mask and the water trap on the
anesthesia machine.
► Provide for suitable gas monitoring conforming to ISO 80601-2-55.
► Provide suitable O2 monitoring for devices with inspiratory O2 measurement.
Screw the sample line securely to the mask (1) on the non-rebreathing system
and to the water trap (2).
37868
For masks without a connector for the sample line, optionally proceed as
follows:
► Place the T-piece with a T-piece filter directly on the elbow. Screw the sample
line firmly onto the T-piece filter. The part numbers for the T-piece and the T-
piece filter are listed in the list of accessories.
► If necessary, connect the sample line to a filter on the Y-piece.
Ensure the correct course of the sample line. Do not use adapters.
3. Connect the fresh-gas hose of the non-rebreathing system to the external fresh-
gas outlet (3).
4. Remove the sealing plug from the inlet nozzle (4) on the AGS.
5. Use the transfer hose to connect the non-rebreathing system to the inlet nozzle
on the AGS (4).
After using the non-rebreathing system

1. Dismantle the non-rebreathing system and the sample line.
2. CAUTION
Risk due to leakage from an open AGS inlet nozzle
► To prevent contamination of the ambient air with anesthetic gases, press the
sealing plug back into the inlet nozzle after using a non-rebreathing system.
Seal the inlet nozzle (4) on the AGS again with a sealing plug.
4.9 Connecting and replacing consumables

4.9.1 Disposable CO2 absorber
► Connect or replace the CLIC absorber in accordance with its instructions for
use.
4.9.2 Reusable CO2 absorber

As an alternative to disposable CO2 absorbers, a reusable CO2 absorber may also
be used.
4.9.2.1 Dismounting and emptying

1. Unscrew the CO2 absorber (1) from the breathing system.
37107
2. Remove and dispose of the disposable dust filter (2), if present.
3. CAUTION
Risk of chemical burns
Empty out the used soda lime and dispose of it according to its instructions for
use.
4. Remove the absorber insert (3) from the absorber container. The sealing ring (4)
remains on the absorber insert.
39487
3
Further reprocessing of the individual components is performed in accordance with

the chapter "Machine reprocessing" on page 242.
4.9.2.2 Filling and mounting

1. Push the absorber insert (5) into the absorber container (6).
41120
5
2. CAUTION
Fill the CO2 absorber with fresh soda lime to the upper mark.
Recommendation: Use Drägersorb 800 Plus or Drägersorb Free.
3. WARNING
Risk of hypoventilation and incorrect gas measurement
Reuse of the disposable dust filter can increase the filter resistance and impair
the ventilation function of the device.
► If soda lime from third-party manufacturers is used, e.g., granular soda lime,
use a disposable dust filter and replace it with every change of the soda lime.
If soda lime from third-party manufacturers is used, insert a new disposable dust
filter (7). Only use dust filters from the list of accessories.
Only use undamaged filters.
41121
4. Attach the CO2 absorber (8) to the breathing system from below. Rotate it in the
direction of the arrow until it reaches the stop.
Follow the instructions for use for the particular soda lime.
4.9.3 Water trap

► Empty or replace the water trap according to its instructions for use.
4.9.4 Connecting the sample line
► WARNING
Risk due to occluded components in the breathing circuit
In the following cases, the sample gas flow can immediately cause negative
pressure in the lungs:
– Filters, hoses, or endotracheal tubes are blocked.
– The sample gas is being extracted between the patient and an occluded
component.
Ensure the following when ventilating pediatric patients and neonates:
► When fine pored filters are used, do not connect the sample line between the
tube and the filter.
► If the sample line is connected close to the patient, set the alarm limits for
MV low and Paw high to suitable values. Observe the following information:
"Improving the CO2 measurement by means of an HME filter", page 308.
WARNING
Risk due to incorrectly connected sample line
If the sample line is connected to the wrong connectors, e.g., connectors on
infusion pumps, fluids may be drawn in instead of sample gas. Consequently,
the gas measurement may not display correct values.
► When connecting the sample line, take care that it is correctly connected.
WARNING
Risk of incorrect measured gas values
Blocked water traps or blocked sample lines prevent correct gas measurement.
As a result, incorrect measured gas values could be displayed.
► Only use Dräger sample lines.
Screw the sample line on to the water trap (1) and to the Y-piece, HME filter or
hose adapter (2).
Ensure the following:
– Ensure the correct course of the sample line.
– Do not use adapters.
– Particularly when ventilating pediatric patients and neonates, a sample line
connection close to the patient can improve the quality of the measured CO2
values. Observe the following information: "Improving the CO2 measurement
by means of an HME filter", page 308.
– When tube adapters are used for the sample line connection, make sure the
volume (dead space) is small.
37741
Operating concept
5 Operating concept
5.1 Screen
5.1.1 Main screen
The main screen displays the most important information regarding anesthesia and
ventilation.
34746
1
1:35
No. Designation
1 Header bar The header bar shows the following information:
– Patient category
– Patient data
– System information (date, time, device name)
– Alarms, messages, and notifications
– Information regarding temporarily deactivated alarms
2 Main menu bar The main menu bar contains buttons to open dialogs
and activate functions.
These buttons are assigned to various groups.
For further information, see the following chapter:
"Overview of the menu structure", page 323
Operating concept
No. Designation
3 Monitoring area The following information is displayed in the monitoring
area:
– Gas measurement
– Waveforms
– Parameter fields
– Loops (Pressure-Volume and Flow-Volume)
– Mini-trends
– Virtual flow tubes
For further information see: "Customizing the current
view", page 109.
4 Therapy bar The ventilation settings can be adjusted in the therapy
bar.
Electronically controlled gas mixer:
– Ventilation parameters
– Fresh-gas delivery
Mechanically controlled gas mixer:
– Ventilation parameters
5.1.2 Dialogs
Dialogs consist of one or more pages which are displayed by touching the
corresponding horizontal or vertical tab.
34766
1 2
No. Designation
1 Title of the dialog
2 Button for closing the dialog
3 Vertical tab to open subordinate structures
4 Horizontal tab to open a page
Operating concept
5.1.3 Therapy bar

The following illustration shows the expanded therapy bar for the electronically
controlled gas mixer:
34752
1 2 3 4
5
4
7 6
No. Designation
1 Name of active ventilation mode
2 Tabs
3 Notification field
4 Buttons to expand and collapse the therapy bar
5 Field with additional information:
– More values
– Spontaneous breathing activity of the patient
6 Therapy controls for ventilation parameters and buttons for synchronizing
the breaths
7 With electronically controlled gas mixer:
Therapy controls and buttons for fresh-gas delivery
Start values
Arrows on the scales of the therapy controls mark the start values resulting from
the patient data and start settings. The start values can be configured, see
page 166.
Linked therapy controls

Certain parameters can be linked to other parameters. If one parameter is changed,
the linked parameter is also selected and changed. Among other things, this applies
to the adjustment of ventilation pressures, ventilation times or during electronically
controlled fresh-gas delivery.
Example: The device can be configured so that a change to the PEEP setting
automatically causes a change to Pinsp; as a result, the difference between PEEP
and Pinsp and therefore the tidal volume remain constant.
Linking therapy controls, see page 175.
Operating concept
Setting ranges
Some settable parameters may be limited or be mutually restricted so that certain
combinations of therapy settings are not possible, e.g., Ti 6.9 s at RR 100 /min.
If a state is reached in which a parameter cannot be changed any more, the device
displays a corresponding message in the notification field (3).
5.1.4 Quick setup dialog

Depending on the parameter field or waveform, this dialog contains various setting
possibilities, e.g., for limits or scales.
34767
Quick setup
This dialog can be opened by touching the corresponding parameter field in the
monitoring area. This dialog can be configured so that it opens automatically in the
event of an alarm, see page 170.
Operating concept
5.2 Color concept

5.2.1 Colors of the control elements
Colors denote the availability of functions and settings.
5.2.1.1 Therapy controls and buttons
Color Example Meaning

Dark green Available element:
function activated
Yellow Selected element:

not yet confirmed with
rotary knob
Light green Available element:

function not activated
Dark gray Control element:

currently not available,
function activated
Gray Unavailable element
5.2.1.2 Rotary knob

The rotary knob lights with different colors.
Color Meaning
Blue Therapy in progress.
Yellow A function or setting must be confirmed.
Flashing yellow A function or setting, which is still not confirmed, will
be reset within the next 5 seconds.
5.2.2 Waveforms and parameters

Waveforms for mandatory breaths are displayed in the colors specified in the
system configuration, see page 167.
In the flow waveform, spontaneous breathing and pressure support are displayed in
a light brown color.
Operating concept
Measured values whose specified accuracy cannot be maintained are displayed in

gray.
5.2.3 Color codes for anesthetic agents and medical gases

Standardized color codes complying with ISO 5359 / ISO 32 / ISO 5360 are used to
identify anesthetic agents and medical gases.
The colors for O2, Air, and N2O conform to locally applicable standards.
5.2.4 Daytime colors and nighttime colors

There are 3 color schemes that can be selected:
– Day light
– Day dark
– Night
Setting the color schemes, see page 112.
5.3 Selecting and setting

5.3.1 Setting of parameters
Changes to these settings always require confirmation by pressing the rotary knob.
1. Select
Touch the control element (1). The color turns yellow. For therapy controls, the
unit of the parameter to be set is displayed.
34777
1
2. Set
Turn the rotary knob. For some therapy controls, faster turning raises the
increment value.
3. Confirm
Press the rotary knob. The color of the control element changes to green.
In the subsequent chapters of this document, these steps will be written in
simplified form as follows:
– "Set the value."
– "Touch the button."
5.3.2 Canceling the setting procedure or the change procedure

If a change to a parameter should be canceled (color is still yellow), the following
options exist to retain the previous setting:
► Touch the changed parameter again. This resets the selection of and the change
to the parameter.
Operating concept
► Select another parameter. This selection resets the change made to the
previous parameter.
► Do not press the rotary knob. After 15 seconds, the change is reset and signal
tones sound during the last 5 seconds (timeout).
5.3.3 Activation of buttons

Some buttons are immediately active without additional confirmation. The color
immediately turns to dark green.
Examples:
– Selecting a view
– Deactivating the CO2 alarms
5.3.4 Operating the flow control valves

The flow control valves of the mechanically controlled gas mixer and the O2
flowmeter are operated as follows:
Opening the flow control valve

► Turn the flow control valve counterclockwise.
Closing the flow control valve

► Turn the flow control valve clockwise to the end stop.
In the subsequent chapters of this document, the following is represented by
simplified explanations:
– "Open the flow control valve."
– "Close the flow control valve."
Getting started
6 Getting started
Checking the safety systems
Some safety systems are only checked during start-up. If this check is not
performed regularly, a device malfunction may occur, putting the patient at risk.
► Restart the device at least once per month so that the safety systems will be
checked regularly.
6.2 Turning on the device

Prerequisite: The device has been reprocessed (see page 222) and assembled
ready for operation (see page 45).
35026
1
1. Connect the device to the mains power supply.
2. Set the main switch to position I.
3. CAUTION
Risk of device malfunction
Condensed water may form when the device is brought from a cold storage
location into a warm environment.
► To prevent condensation and resulting failures of electrical components, do
not turn on the device after abrupt temperature changes for 1 to 2 hours.
Press the key (1).
The device starts. The Standby page is displayed.
If there is sufficient battery charge, the device will also start without the power plug
being plugged in.
6.3 Checking the device configuration

The device can be customized to suit the requirements of the user. Settings for the
following features are possible:
– Start settings for the ventilation
– Alarm limits
– General device behavior
Getting started
For further information about the configuration, see page 166.
6.4 Checking the operational readiness

Using colors, the Standby page (1) indicates whether the system test was
successful and the device is ready for operation.
35034
1
2
5
Color Meaning
Green System is fully operational.
Yellow System is operational with limitations.
There are functional restrictions.
Take further measures to ensure patient safety (e.g., external
monitoring).
Red System is not operational.
Contact service personnel if necessary.
If the device is not fully operational, the most important irregularities (5) are
displayed along with a recommendation to perform a specific test (3).
Additionally, the current system leakage is displayed in area (5).
To view details regarding the status of the device, touch the Details... button (2) or
the Tests... button (4), see page 126.
Dräger recommends performing the system test every 24 hours. Otherwise, it will
not be possible to ensure that the device is functional.
Getting started
6.5 Emergency start-up

6.5.1 Electronically controlled gas mixer
35041
4
1
3
1. Adjust the APL valve.
2. Set the O2 switch (3) to the Add. O2 position.
3. Open the flow control valve (2) and set the desired O2 flow. If necessary, press
the O2+ key (4) to quickly fill the breathing bag.
4. Monitor the set flow on the O2 flowmeter (1).
5. Set the anesthetic gas concentration on the vaporizer.
8. As soon as the Standby page is displayed, start the therapy, see page 93.
9. Set the O2 switch (3) to Aux. O2.
10.Close the flow control valve (2).
6.5.2 Mechanically controlled gas mixer
35054
3
1
1. Adjust the APL valve.
2. Open the flow control valve (1) and set the desired O2 flow. If necessary, press
the O2+ key (3) to quickly fill the breathing bag.
3. Monitor the flow on the total flow tube (2).
4. Set the anesthetic gas concentration on the vaporizer.
7. As soon as the Standby page is displayed, start the therapy, see page 93.
Operation
7 Operation
7.1.1 Alarms
Alarm volume
If the alarm volume is too low, alarm signals may not be heard. The patient may be
put at risk.
► Set the alarm volume loud enough so that the alarm signals can be heard in the
environment where the device is located.
► The user must remain within earshot of the alarm signals.
Recognizing alarm signals

If alarm signals are not noticed, the patient may be put at risk.
► Dräger recommends that the user remains in the vicinity of the anesthesia
machine, i.e. within a distance of up to 4 meters (12 feet). This facilitates fast
recognition and response in the event of an alarm.
► If the causes of the alarm are only temporary, the alarms will likewise only be
indicated temporarily.
Impaired Infinity ID functions

Electromagnetic disturbances or faults in Infinity ID components can cause
permanent alarms.
► Contact service personnel to deactivate the Infinity ID alarms.
7.1.2 Therapy and applications

Therapy with known pre-existing conditions
Volatile anesthetic agent may trigger malignant hyperthermia. As a result, the
► For patients suspected of malignant hyperthermia: Do not use any volatile
anesthetic agent or devices with residual concentrations of these gases above
5 ppm.
For further information and recommendations for therapy settings for patients with
suspected malignant hyperthermia, contact the responsible national Dräger
organization.
Under certain conditions, acetone can accumulate in the patient’s body during
anesthesia. As a result, the patient could be put at risk.
► Do not perform low-flow anesthesia on patients with ketoacidosis or patients
under the influence of alcohol.
Unintentional start of therapy

If the device is in the standby mode and the flow control valves on the mechanically
controlled gas mixer are opened, the device will exit the standby mode and start the
Man / Spon mode.
► Take care that this does not happen unintentionally.
Operation
Device malfunction during operation

Device malfunctions can compromise the correct therapy functionality of the device.
As a result, the patient could be put at risk.
► Only operate the device under the constant supervision of users.
► Always keep a manual resuscitator ready.
Displays and therapy decisions

The status display serves as the primary information source for the internal airway
pressure and for the flow (only with a mechanically controlled gas mixer).
► In the following cases, use the pressure gauge display and the total flow tube
(only with a mechanically controlled gas mixer) as the information source for
therapy:
– The status display has failed.
– The values on the status display do not match the values on the total flow
tube.
The following situations could result in misdiagnoses, which could put the patient at
risk:
– Measured values are misinterpreted.
– Measured values are incorrectly or inaccurately displayed.
– The accuracy of the measurements of flow and volume may be impaired if the
breathing system warmer is switched off.
– The parameter under consideration is not meaningful (e.g., MV×CO2, O2
uptake, anesthetic agent uptake)
► Do not make therapeutic decisions based solely on individual measured values
and parameters.
► Only use the trend curve for the MV×CO2 and O2 uptake parameters as a basis
for therapeutic decisions.
► Therapeutic decisions must be made solely by the user. For further information
see: "User group requirements", page 11.
► Do not use the virtual flow tubes of the electronically controlled gas mixer alone
when making therapeutic decisions.
Operation
Measured gas values and waveforms such as the CO2 waveform are determined
on the basis of the composition of the sample gas. The composition of the sample
gas is affected by many factors and their interactions, especially in patients with low
body weight. This may result in biased measured values or waveforms and thus to
misinterpretations. As a result, the patient could be put at risk.
The following factors affect the sample gas measurement:
– Dead space
– Airway resistance of the patient
– Compliance of the patient
– Type of surgical procedure
– Gas sampling site
– Breathing circuit, filter, sample line, tube
– Ventilation settings and the resulting ventilation
– Leakage
– Spontaneous breathing
– Cardiogenic oscillations
– I:E ratio and the respiratory rate
► Adhere to the following:
– Do not make therapeutic decisions based solely on individual measured
values or parameters.
– If possible, minimize the effects of the factors described above, e.g., take the
sample gas from a gas sampling site close to the patient, minimize leakage,
adjust the ventilation settings.
– The measured values are not meaningful during the warm-up time of the
patient-gas measurement module.
Data (e.g., measured values, alarms) which the anesthesia machine transfers to
other systems such as patient monitors or EMR systems may be displayed there
incompletely or incorrectly and may thus put the patient at risk. Consequently, the
data are intended to be used only for information purposes.
► Do not use data displayed on other devices for patient monitoring or device
monitoring.
► Do not use data displayed on other devices for diagnostic or therapeutic
decisions.
7.1.3 Risk of infection

The circuit plug is color marked. This marking indicates that the circuit plug could
transmit pathogens between patients. If a used Y-piece or filter is fitted to the circuit
plug, and then later a reprocessed component is fitted (e.g., during a leakage test),
the new component can become contaminated.
► Only fit reprocessed components to the circuit plug.
► Do not plug already used hoses with attached filters or Y-pieces onto the circuit
plug but instead hang them over the handles on the left-hand side of the device.
Operation
7.1.4 Flammable gases

electrosurgery, laser surgery, and faulty cables or connectors can cause fires. As a
result, user and patient could be put at risk.
► This device is not approved for use in areas where oxygen concentrations
greater than 25 Vol%, combustible, or explosive gas mixtures are likely to occur.
► Maintain a distance of at least 200 mm (7.9 in) between electrical connections
and components which conduct oxygen and nitrous oxide.
► Cables and connections must be sufficiently insulated and must not be
damaged. Check cables for damage daily.
► Disconnect all oxygen feeds if oxygen leakage is suspected in the device or its
vicinity. Do not operate the device, and contact service personnel.
► Keep ignition sources away from the device.
If a fire starts in the immediate vicinity of the patient, the device could also catch
fire. Personal injury and property damage may occur as a consequence.
► Disconnect the oxygen-carrying connections from the device and the patient.
► Extinguish the fire and tend to the patient’s medical needs.
7.1.5 Working light

Looking directly into the LEDs of the working light may damage the retina. User and
► Do not look directly into the LEDs.
► Make sure that the patient is not dazzled by the LEDs.
If illumination without neutral colors is used during the medical examination of the
patient, this may result in, e.g., misinterpretation of skin coloring.
► Do not use the device's working light for examinations.
► For examinations, use an examination light conforming to IEC 60601-2-41.
Operation
7.2 Starting the therapy

The therapy can be started either from a quick start into the Manual / Spontaneous
mode or from a normal start with customized settings.
Prerequisite: The device is in Standby mode.
35280
3
1
Quick start
The fresh-gas settings (3) are displayed.
► Touch the Quick start Man/Spon button (1).
► Open the flow control valves. The device switches automatically to the
Manual / Spontaneous mode. Take care that the quick start does not happen
unintentionally.
Or:
► Touch the Quick start Man/Spon button (1) and open the flow control valves.
Normal start with customized settings

1. Optionally perform one of the following steps:
► Touch the Start... button (2).
► Touch the screen in the monitoring area (4).
► Squeeze the breathing bag.
2. Adjust the patient data and ventilation settings.
Starting when time is limited

When time is limited, it is possible to bypass the adjustment of the patient data and
the ventilation settings. Start the therapy as follows:
1. Touch the screen.
2. Check the displayed start values.
3. Press the rotary knob. The therapy starts.
Operation
4. Adjust the patient data and ventilation settings as soon as possible.
7.2.1 Loading the patient data
35297
1 2
Start
Select patient and check data
Select mode
There are two possibilities for loading the patient data:

– Starting a new case (1)
– Continuing a case (2)
Depending on the selected patient category, different patient data (e.g., weight,
age) are displayed in area (3).
7.2.1.1 Starting a new case

► Touch the button for the desired patient category (1).
For new patients, the device uses defined start settings for ventilation settings and
alarm limits, see page 166. The set value for Ti is automatically set based on RR in
such a way that the resulting I:E ratio is 1:1 for neonates and 1:2 for all other patient
categories.
7.2.1.2 Continuing a case after an interruption

► Touch the Continue case button (2).
The device continues to use the ventilation settings and alarm limits that were set at
the start of the case.
This function is only available if a case has previously been started and then
interrupted.
Operation
7.2.2 Checking the patient data
35298
1
► WARNING
Risk due to incorrect settings
Different standard alarm limits or therapy settings might be configured for
medical devices within the same area. The user must observe the following:
► Make sure that the set values and alarm limits are selected to suit the patient.
► Make sure that the alarm system is neither rendered useless by setting
extreme values for the alarm limits nor deactivated by switching off the
alarms.
► Check the therapy settings, the start settings for alarms, and the alarm
settings during a change of ventilation mode.
► Only turn off alarms if the safety of the patient will not be compromised as a
result.
CAUTION
Risk due to incorrect setting for patient age
Incorrectly setting the patient age can lead to incorrect xMAC values and thus to
an incorrect anesthetic agent delivery.
► Always set the patient age correctly.
Adjust the patient data (1).
The device will suggest appropriate therapy settings for these data, e.g., for tidal
volume, respiratory rate, and alarm limits. For more information, see page 311.
7.2.3 Setting and starting the therapy
35300
Select mode
5 4 3 1 2
1. Select the ventilation mode (1).
The following ventilation modes are available:
– Man / Spon
– VC
– PC
– VC - AF
– PSV
Operation
The following operation modes are also available:

– Ext. FGO
– Pause
For further information see: "Description of the ventilation modes", page 298.
2. WARNING
Risk of patient injury
The use of minimal-flow settings or low-flow settings can lead to the following
problems:
– Accumulation of metabolic by-products in the breathing system
– Condensed water in hoses
– Condensed water in the piston diaphragm
► Follow the recommendations of professional societies (e.g., regular flushing
of the breathing system).
► Check for condensed water in the hoses and remove if necessary.
► Use water traps in the breathing hoses.
Set the fresh-gas delivery.
The device is equipped with a minimum O2 delivery function which ensures that
a minimum quantity of oxygen is delivered. For further information see:
"Minimum O2 delivery", page 310.
► Select the carrier gas (3).
Set the O2 concentration (5) and fresh-gas flow (4).
► Open and set the flow control valves for the required gases.
Also use the total flow tube to check the total flow set, see page 29.
3. Adjust the ventilation settings (2).
4. Press the rotary knob. The therapy starts and a signal tone sounds.
7.3 Adjusting the therapy

7.3.1 Setting the APL valve
The pressure limitation set with the APL valve only takes effect during manual
ventilation or spontaneous breathing.
WARNING
Risk of excessively high airway pressures
If the ventilator fails, the device switches into the Man / Spon ventilation mode.
► Also set the APL valve to a value suitable for the patient when using mechanical
ventilation modes. If the ventilator fails, ventilate the patient manually.
► The selection between manual ventilation (Man) and spontaneous breathing

(Spont) is made at the APL valve, see page 18.
Operation
7.3.1.1 Manual ventilation
35256
10 20 30
► Set the APL valve to the desired maximum airway pressure.

The patient can be ventilated with the breathing bag. The pressure is limited to the
set value.
35264
In the Manual / Spontaneous mode, lifting the valve relieves pressure from the
breathing system.
7.3.1.2 Spontaneous breathing

► Turn the APL valve counterclockwise as far as it will go.
35265
The dots are aligned vertically over one another. The valve lifts.
The pressure limitation is canceled and the valve is open for free spontaneous
breathing.
7.3.2 Using the O2 flush

The O2 flush is used for flushing and quickly filling the breathing system and
breathing bag with oxygen. The vaporizers are bypassed for this.
► Press the O2+ key.
O2 continues to flow for as long as the key is pressed.
Operation
The gas concentration can change abruptly when the O2 flush is used.
Using the O2 flush has the following effects:

– In manual ventilation, pressing the O2 flush results in a rapid rise in pressure
to the APL level.
– In mechanical ventilation, permanently pressing the O2 flush may result in a
slight rise of the PEEP level. However, this rise has no effect on the peak
pressure.
7.3.3 Using the vaporizer

► Operate the vaporizer according to its instructions for use.
7.3.4 Anesthetic gas compensation

The gas composition can affect the measurement accuracy of the flow
measurement. If the device is equipped with inspiratory O2 measurement, the
accuracy of the flow measurement can be ensured by the anesthetic gas
compensation.
1. Touch area (1); a further dialog (2) will open.
39628
4 2 3
2. CAUTION
Risk of inaccurate measured flow values
If the anesthetic gas compensation is incorrectly set, the resulting incorrect
measured flow values can lead to incorrect measured values for the tidal
volume.
► Make the settings for the anesthetic gas compensation carefully.
Choose one of the following selection options (3):
– Off: The measured flow values will not be corrected.
– Des: The measured flow values will be corrected for desflurane using an
average value. For more information, see table page 175.
– Sev: The measured flow values will be corrected for sevoflurane using an
average value. For more information, see table page 175.
Operation
– Auto: This setting is available when an anesthetic gas monitor is connected

via the COM 2 serial port (e.g., Dräger Vamos). The flow measurements are
automatically corrected for the anesthetic gas detected by the anesthetic gas
monitor. If no anesthetic gas is detected or if the data connection to the
anesthetic gas monitor is interrupted, no compensation takes place and the
message None (4) is displayed.
7.3.5 Changing the ventilation mode

1. In the therapy bar, touch the tab (1) of the new ventilation mode.
When the ventilation mode is changed, the ventilation settings are adopted from
the previous ventilation mode or they are sensibly derived.
In addition, the alarm settings are adjusted to reasonable values, see page 159.
35268
3 2 1 3 2
2. Adjust the therapy controls (3) or the buttons (2).
3. Activate the ventilation mode with the rotary knob. A signal tone is emitted when
the mode is changed.
7.3.6 Synchronizing the breaths

Prerequisite: The device has the "Spontaneous breathing support" option.
Turning on the synchronization activates the set pressure support, for example, see
page 298.
1. Turn the synchronization on or off with the buttons SIMV (1) or CMV (2).
1 4
35279
2 3
2. If required, show the extended therapy bar with one of the More buttons (3) or
(4). Then adjust the additional parameters (Trigger, ∆Psupp, etc.).
WARNING
Risk of insufficient ventilation
In ventilation modes in which breaths are to be triggered only by the patient (e.g.
PSV), adverse settings or sensor failure can lead to insufficient ventilation.
► To maintain a minimal ventilation of the patient, set the respiratory rate to a
suitable value.
Operation
WARNING
Risk of insufficient ventilation
The spontaneous minute volume MVspon indicates the volume which results from
spontaneous breathing and from pressure-supported spontaneous breathing. If the
patient frequently triggers pressure-supported breaths as a result of small tidal
volumes, a large part of MVspon will be achieved by mechanical ventilation and not
by spontaneous breathing of the patient. In this case, MVspon shows a high value
although the actual spontaneous minute volume is very low.
► Do not base therapy decisions solely on the value displayed for MVspon.
7.3.7 Low-flow anesthesia and minimal-flow anesthesia

This device is suitable for and optimized for carrying out low-flow anesthesia and
minimal-flow anesthesia. Functions and special characteristics are explained in the
following.
Due to the patient’s rebreathing, moisture condenses in the breathing circuit and
the breathing system, particularly during low-flow anesthesia (flow ≤1.0 L/min). The
breathing system warmer reduces this condensation.
In particular cases, e.g., during minimal-flow anesthesia lasting several hours,
condensed water may accumulate in the piston ventilator.
The device can detect condensed water in the piston ventilator and in the
breathing hoses. A message is displayed when condensed water is detected.
Dräger recommends using water traps in the breathing circuit.
7.3.8 Ventilating pediatric patients and neonates

For tidal volumes below 300 mL:
► Use suitable ventilation accessories, see chapter "Selecting and connecting
patient-specific accessories" starting on page 67.
7.4 Special forms of therapy

The device has the following additional operation modes:
– Pause
– CBM mode
7.4.1 External fresh-gas outlet

Prerequisites:
– The device has the "External fresh-gas outlet" option.
– A non-rebreathing system is connected, see page 73.
Redirecting the fresh gas to the external outlet

The FiO2 measurement with the O2 sensor is not possible when the external fresh-
gas outlet is in use, as the fresh gas is not passed through the internal breathing
system.
Operation
1. CAUTION
Risk of faulty gas delivery
With non-rebreathing systems, O2, CO2, and any anesthetic gases must be
monitored.
► Connect the sample line to the non-rebreathing system and the integrated
patient-gas measurement module or the anesthetic gas monitor.
CAUTION
Risk of gas contamination
When the device’s integrated patient-gas measurement module is used, the
extracted sample gas is also returned to the internal breathing system during
operation with an external fresh-gas outlet.
► Using a breathing hose, establish a closed connection between the
inspiratory port and the expiratory port. Flush the breathing system each time
patients or anesthetic gas are changed!
Start the Ext. FGO operation mode.
2. Adjust the fresh-gas delivery. Set the vaporizer if required.
7.4.2 Pause mode

In Pause mode, ventilation is stopped. This mode is useful for short-term
interruptions to a therapy such as, e.g., intraoperative suctioning of mucus or
relocation of the patient.
This mode is also useful during regional anesthesia. The patient’s respiration can
be monitored via the sample gas measurement without distracting alarms being
issued.
Gas delivery is also stopped with electronically controlled gas mixers. The gas
concentration measurement remains active and waiting for respiratory phases.
The device remains in this operation mode until the user switches to a different
ventilation mode. The Timer therapy control defines the period of time after which
an alarm is issued. This alarm reminds the user to start the ventilation manually
again.
Setting the Timer therapy control to Off deactivates the alarm. The total elapsed
time in the Pause operation mode is also displayed.
To reduce contamination of the ambient air with anesthetic gases through an open
Y-piece, use this operation mode for, e.g., regional anesthesia or short breaks in
therapy such as disconnection or intubation.
7.4.2.1 Activating Pause

1. Start the Pause operation mode.
2. Adjust the Timer therapy control if necessary.
7.4.2.2 Returning to the previous mode

1. Touch the Resume ventilation button.
2. Confirm the ventilation mode.
For more information, see page 171.
Operation
7.4.3 CBM mode

The CBM mode allows patient monitoring without unnecessary alarms during
extracorporeal oxygenation of the patient by a heart-lung machine.
Properties of CBM mode:
– All gas concentrations are measured independently of the respiratory phases.
– The CO2 apnea alarms and pressure apnea alarms are inactive.
The CBM mode can be used in all active ventilation modes.
When ventilation modes are changed, the CBM mode remains active. Changing to
the standby mode deactivates the CBM mode.
Deactivating the CBM mode activates the apnea monitoring.
Activating
1. Open the Alarms dialog.
2. Touch the Settings tab (1).
35307
Alarms 1
2 3
3. For Cardiac bypass mode (CBM), touch the On button (3).
Deactivating
Deactivate the CBM mode optionally as follows:
► For Cardiac bypass mode (CBM), touch the Off button (2):
► In the main menu bar, touch the Exit CBM button.
Operation
7.5 Using fields with special functions

7.5.1 Breathing gas measurement and xMAC display (MAC multiple)
Prerequisite: The device has the "Integrated patient-gas measurement module"
option.
in et
35310
O2
N2O
Iso
xMAC Age years
The MAC value is a guideline for anesthetic agent delivery.

The device displays the measured inspiratory and expiratory values for O2, N2O,
and anesthetic gases as well as the xMAC in the monitoring area. The nitrous oxide
concentration or anesthetic gas concentration is only displayed when it is not zero.
The xMAC is the MAC multiple calculated from the current expiratory measured
values and the age-dependent MAC values. If no respiratory phases are detected,
expiratory values and xMAC cannot be displayed.
The integrated MAC algorithm is based on the MAC values shown in the following
table. These values are guiding values only. The binding values are specified on the
package information leaflet of the anesthetic agent.
The MAC values depend on the age of the patient. The values specified in the table
apply to a patient age of 40 years.
1 MAC corresponds to the following concen-

tration:
(In 100 % O2)
Halothane 0.77 Vol%
Enflurane 1.7 Vol%
Isoflurane 1.15 Vol%
Desflurane 6.0 Vol%
Sevoflurane 2.1 Vol%
N 2O 105 Vol%
The age-adjusted MAC values are calculated according to the equation of W.W.
Mapleson (British Journal of Anaesthesia 1996, pp. 179-185).
Operation
The equation applies to patients older than 1 year.

MACage-adjusted = MAC1) x 10(–0.00269 x (age –40))
For gas mixtures, the respective multiples for N2O and anesthetic agents are
summed up according to the following equation:
Exp. conc. agent1 Exp. conc. agent2 Exp. conc. N2O

xMAC = MACage-adjusted + +
MACage-adjusted agent2 MACage-adjusted N2O
agent1
7.5.1.1 Example
Exp. Isoflurane = 0.65 Vol%
Exp. N2O = 69 %
Age = 32 years
MACage-adjusted for Iso: MAC2) = 1.21 Vol%
MACage-adjusted for N2O: MAC2) = 110 Vol%
xMAC = 0.54 + 0.63 = 1.2
The influence of other drugs (opioids or intravenous hypnotics) is not considered in
the xMAC calculation.
7.5.2 Econometer
Prerequisite: The device has the "Advanced gas monitoring" option.
During operation, the device monitors the breathing bag for sufficient filling.
35322
Surplus
Efficient
Deficit
Econometer
The bar graph indicates whether the device is supplied with sufficient fresh gas.
1) 40 years
2) 32 years
Operation
Range Color Meaning

Surplus Yellow Indication of an opportunity to save fresh
gas and, therefore, volatile anesthetic
agents
Efficient Green – No action necessary
– Breathing bag sufficiently filled
– Sufficient reserve capacity available
Deficit Red – Insufficient fresh-gas supply
– Check the filling of the breathing bag. If
necessary, fill up the breathing bag,
e.g., with the O2 flush.
An insufficiently filled breathing bag can trigger the Fresh gas low or leakage or
Emergency air inlet activated alarms, for example.
7.5.3 Stopwatch
35548
Stopwatch
1
Using the stopwatch

1. Touch the Start button (1) to start.
2. Touch the Stop button (1) to stop.
3. To reset the stopwatch to zero, touch the Reset button (1).
7.5.4 Timer
35552
Timer
2 1
Setting the timer

1. Touch the Set button (1) or the parameter field.
2. Set the timer.
Using the timer

The timer always starts with the last time set.
3. To reset the timer to zero, touch the Reset button (1).
Operation
7.5.5 Volumeter
The volumeter is used for observing and assessing the ventilation.
35553
1
Volumeter
2
VT
6 3
Volume
4
The bar graph indicates the inspiratory and expiratory tidal volume.
At the end of the inspiration, the delivered tidal volume is displayed as a bar (1).
At the end of the expiration, the difference between inspiratory and expiratory tidal
volumes (6) is displayed.
The expiratory tidal volume is displayed next to the bar graph (3).
Using the volumeter (minute volume measurement)

The bar graph displays the individual measured spontaneous breaths in
segments (5). The summed volume (4) is displayed next to the bar graph.
3. To reset the volumeter and time display to zero, touch the Reset button (2).
The volumeter stops automatically after 60 seconds. The measured values are
displayed for 4 minutes and then deleted.
7.5.6 Low-flow wizard

Prerequisite: The device has the "Advanced gas monitoring" option.
The low-flow wizard displays bar graphs for the required fresh-gas flow and the
current total flow. Both bar graphs are to the same scale.
35554
Required FG flow
Total flow
Efficient
An evaluation of the total flow is displayed below the bar graph:
Evaluation Color Meaning

Too high Yellow The fresh-gas flow is possibly too high. If
the fresh-gas flow can be reduced, both
fresh gas and anesthetic agent will be
saved.
Efficient Green No action is necessary.
Operation
Evaluation Color Meaning

Too low Red The fresh-gas flow is too low.
Check the fresh-gas flow.
Check the position of the breathing
bag.
Refill bag Red The fresh-gas flow is too low.
Check the filling of the breathing bag. If
necessary, fill up the breathing bag,
e.g., with the O2 flush.
An insufficient fresh-gas flow may trigger the Fresh gas low or leakage or
Emergency air inlet activated alarms, for example.
7.6 Customizing the screen display

7.6.1 Available views
The following views are available:
Standard view
35683
1
Up to three waveforms (1), (2), and (3) are displayed along with their associated
parameter fields.
Expert view
35685
4 5 6 7
In addition to the standard view, the 4 additional parameter fields (4), (5), (6), and
(7) are displayed.
Operation
7.6.2 Changing the view

The view can be changed as follows:
– Views... button
1 2 3
– View button
Changing with the Views... button

1. Touch the Views... button.
Views
35688
1
2
3
2. Touch the button for the desired view.

– Opens the standard view (1)
– Opens an expert view (2) or (3)
The views can be renamed, see page 166.
Changing with the View button

1 2 3
► Touch the View button.

1 2 3
The screen displays the 2nd view .

1 2 3

1 2 3
The screen displays the 3rd view .

1 2 3

1 2 3
The screen displays the 1st view .
Operation
7.6.3 Customizing the current view

Waveforms and parameter fields can be customized as follows:
1. Touch the waveform or parameter field.
The Quick setup dialog opens.
35686
Quick setup
2. WARNING
Risk due to inadequate monitoring
National and medical regulations may require certain parameters to be
displayed.
► Always consider the relevant regulations when configuring the screen layout.
For Content (1), select the desired content.
For a list of the possible screen content, see page 184.
3. For Scale (2), select the desired setting.
7.6.3.1 Restoring the current view

The changes to the current view can be canceled.
1. Open the Views dialog.
2. Touch the Restore current view button.
7.6.4 Using loops

Prerequisite: The device has the "Advanced ventilation monitoring" option.
The following loops are available:
– Pressure-Volume loop
– Flow-Volume loop
Operation
Displaying loops
2. Touch the Loops button.
35866
1
The following information is displayed:

– The current loop (1) and 5 previous loops
– The parameters (2) Cdyn, R and TC
On the device version with integrated patient-gas measurement module, the
area (3) can be configured so that the pressure-volume loop is displayed:
35868
3
Saving or deleting reference loops

36396
21
Operation
Saving the reference loop:

► Touch the Save ref. button (1).
Deleting the reference loop:
► Touch the Delete ref. button (2).
For area (3), these buttons are displayed in the Quick setup dialog.
7.6.5 Displaying mini-trends

Prerequisite: The device has the "Advanced trends" option.
Mini-trends (2) can be displayed for the waveforms (1).
35870
2 1
2. Touch the Mini-trends button.
For larger and more detailed graphical and numerical trends, see page 114.
7.6.6 Displaying alarm limits and units of measurement

The alarm limits and the units of measurement can also be displayed in the
waveform and parameter fields.
35874

2. Touch the Limits & units button.
Operation
7.6.7 Adjusting the sweep speed and the scale

1. Open the System setup dialog.
2. Touch the Screen > Waveforms tab (1).
35875
System setup
1
3 3
Setting the sweep speed:
► Touch the button (2) and set the sweep speed.
Adjusting the waveform scale:
► To change the scale, touch one of the buttons (3) and select the value.
7.6.8 Changing the color scheme and the screen brightness

2. Touch the Screen > General tab (1).
35883
2
System setup
1
1
3. Set the color scheme (2).

4. Set the screen brightness (3).
Operation
7.7 Displaying additional data

7.7.1 Viewing current measured values
In operation mode, there are tabular overviews available for various measured
values.
1. Open the Trends/Data dialog.
2. Touch the Values tab (1).
The vertical tabs (2) contain various combinations of parameters.
35886
1
Trends/Data
7.7.2 Logbook
The logbook can save up to a maximum of 20000 entries. The entries in the
logbook cannot be deleted and are retained even after the device has been turned
off and on again or following a power supply failure. When the storage limit is
reached, the oldest entries are overwritten. Logbook data are displayed in table
form.
2. Touch the Logbook tab (1).
35887
1 2
Trends/Data
Use the rotary knob or the arrow buttons (3) to scroll the cursor (2) up or down in
the logbook. To scroll quickly, touch the gray area (4).
Operation
Creating entries and associated settings, see page 121.
7.7.3 Trends
Prerequisite: The device has the "Advanced trends" option.
Trends are displayed in the form of a graphic or a table.
2. Touch the Graphical trends tab (1) or the Tabular trends tab (2).
The following illustration shows the graphical trend:
35917
1 2
Trends/Data
7 6
The vertical tabs (3) contain various combinations of parameters.
Zooming
In both trend displays, the displayed time period can be enlarged or diminished.
Changing the time period:
► Touch the Zoom + or the Zoom - button (4):
Displaying the standard time period and the current point in time:
► Touch the Reset zoom button (5).
Moving the cursor

The exact measured values for a specific point in time are displayed numerically in
area (6). To view the values, move the cursor to the corresponding position.
The following options are available for moving the cursor:
► Use the rotary knob to move the cursor (7).
► Touch the corresponding area on the screen.
7.7.4 Displaying installed options

Listing of the additionally installed software options.
2. Touch the Licenses/Options tab.
Operation
7.7.5 Displaying an overview of accessories and consumptions

2. Touch the System status tab.
Vertical tab Overview

Accessories Accessories (when Dräger Infinity ID accessories are
used) and information as to when the accessory must
be replaced.
Supply Status display of the connected gas supplies and
power supplies
Consumption Gas consumptions during operation:
– For the current case
Gas consumptions in Standby:
– For the last case
– Since the last reset
At Standby > System setup > System status > Consumption the gas
consumption levels can be reset to zero, see page 180.
7.8 Setting the volume

2. CAUTION
Risk of an operating error
During operation in louder environments, the acoustic alarm signals might not be
heard.
► Always set the alarm tone to be sufficiently loud.
Touch the System > Sound volume tab (1).
35918
1
System setup
1
2
3. For Alarm volume (2), set the desired value.
Operation
7.9 Adjusting the alarms

7.9.1 Setting the alarm limits
For a current case, the alarm limits can be set in 2 ways:
– Setting using the Quick setup dialog
– Setting using the Alarms dialog
Setting using the Quick setup dialog

1. Touch the respective waveform or the parameter field.
2. Set the upper alarm limit (1).
35922
Quick setup
3. Set the lower alarm limit (2).
Manual setting
In the Alarms dialog, the alarm limits can be set either manually or automatically.
2. Open the Limits tab (1).
35935
Alarms
1
5 4
3. Set the upper alarm limit (2).
4. Set the lower alarm limit (3).
Operation
Automatic setting
Alarm limits can be automatically adapted to current measured values or set values.
1. Open the Alarms > Limits dialog.
2. To adjust the alarm limits for one individual parameter, touch and confirm one of
the Autoset buttons (5).
To adjust the alarm limits for all parameters, touch and confirm the Autoset all
button (4).
The function for adjusting all alarm limits can be called up directly with the Autoset
limits button in the main menu bar.
Only use the automatic adjustment when measured values and set values are
stable.
The lower alarm limit for the xMAC level is also adjusted during automatic setting,
see page 118.
Configuration and algorithm, see page 169.
7.9.2 Activating and deactivating CO2 alarms

option.
The CO2 monitoring (alarms for inCO2, etCO2, and CO2 apnea) can be activated or
deactivated.
2. Touch the Settings tab (1).
35936
1
Alarms
3. For CO2 alarms, touch the button (2):

On: Alarms are activated.
Off: Alarms are deactivated.
Or
► Use the CO2 alarms off button in the main menu bar to activate or deactivate
the alarms.
Operation
This button is only visible in the following ventilation modes:

– Manual / Spontaneous
– Pause
The alarm system is immediately activated when the CO2 monitoring is activated.
Deactivation is indicated in the header bar and in the parameter field by the
symbol.
7.9.3 Automatic xMAC monitoring

option.
The xMAC monitoring is automatically activated as soon as the following conditions
are met:
– Anesthetic gas is administered.
– The inspiratory xMAC value is greater than the expiratory xMAC value.
– The expiratory xMAC value reaches approximately 0.3.
41088
[0$& LQVS[0$&
H[S[0$&
ORZHUDODUPOLPLW

If the xMAC value rises, the xMAC monitoring (1) is activated and the lower alarm
limit for the xMAC level is automatically adapted to the anesthetic gas
concentration. The lower alarm limit (2) can reach a maximum value of 1.0.
The lower alarm limit can be recalculated by touching the Autoset button (3). This
allows the alarm limit for the xMAC low alarm to be adjusted in special anesthesia
situations and to exceed the value of 1.0 if necessary.
If the expiratory xMAC value falls below the alarm limit (4 or 7), the device issues
the xMAC low alarm with low priority. If the alarm is not acknowledged with the
ALARM RESET button, the priority is raised to medium priority after 60 seconds.
Operation
7.9.4 Deactivating the automatic xMAC monitoring

If the xMAC low alarm (4 or 7) is acknowledged with the ALARM RESET button (5
or 8), the monitoring is deactivated. This prevents renewed alarms as a result of the
anesthetic gas concentration continuing to fall at the end of anesthesia (8). If the
anesthesia is continued (5), the monitoring will be automatically reactivated as soon
as the inspiratory xMAC value rises above the expiratory xMAC value (6).
In CBM mode, the lower alarm limit is adjusted so that no alarm is issued during this
time. Similarly, the value is not limited to 1.0 during this time.
7.10 Changing the patient data

Patient data can be changed during operation.
1. Open the Patient dialog.
35978
Patient
2. Modify the patient data.

Changes influence the therapy suggestions, among others, which is indicated by
the position of the arrow on the therapy controls.
The current therapy settings remain unaffected. Observe the following information:
"Influence of patient category, weight, and age on device behavior", page 311.
When the patient category is changed, the age, weight, and height are
automatically adapted so that they remain within the described limits, see
page 172.
7.11 Exporting data

This device enables the export of screen contents, trends, and data on a USB mass
storage device.
7.11.1 General information

Prerequisite: USB mass storage device is connected to the USB port.
During a saving process, the button turns dark green.
The data are stored in the "Draeger\ExportData" directory.
Operation
7.11.2 Exporting the screen contents

The screen contents can be exported to a USB mass storage device as a
screenshot.
► Touch the Export screenshot button in the main menu bar.
The screenshot will be saved as a ".png" file.
7.11.3 Exporting trends and data

In the standby mode, the following data can be exported to a USB mass storage
device:
– System test results
– Logbook
Selection from the following time periods is possible:
– Last case
– Today
– All
– Alarm logbook
– Trends
2. Touch the Export tab (1).
35980
1
Trends/Data
2
3. Touch the respective button (2).
The data will be saved as a ".txt" file.
7.12 Other settings

7.12.1 Switching the breathing system warmer on or off
The breathing system warmer can be switched off in special situations (e.g., for
intentional reduction of the body temperature of the patient).
Operation
2. Touch the Therapy tab (1).
35982
2
System setup
1
3. Touch the appropriate button (2).

When switching to standby mode, the heater is reset to the value configured in the
system setup.
CAUTION
Risk due to faulty or switched-off breathing system warmer
Without the breathing system warmer, increased condensation may occur in the
breathing system.
► Increase the fresh-gas flow if necessary. Remove the condensed water from
hoses, water traps, and the breathing system regularly. Have service personnel
repair the faulty breathing system warmer.
7.12.2 Creating additional logbook entries

The following events can generate a logbook entry with measured values for the
parameters etCO2, MV, Pmean, PIP, Pplat, PEEP, FiO2, expiratory concentration
of the primary anesthetic gas, and etN2O:
– Settable interval
– Alarms with high or medium priorities
Operation
2. Touch the System > Logbook tab (1).
35981
1
System setup
3. Touch the appropriate button (2).
7.12.3 Resetting user-specific settings

Changes made in the System setup dialog during operation can be reset to the
default settings.
2. Open the corresponding page.
3. Touch the System defaults button and confirm.
7.13 Ending the therapy

7.13.1 Switching to the standby mode
1. Touch the Standby... button in the main menu bar.
Or
Press the key below the screen.
2. Confirm with the rotary knob.
3. With mechanically controlled gas mixer:
Close the flow control valves.
7.13.2 O2 insufflation
7.13.2.1 Overview
On the electronically controlled gas mixer, O2 insufflation is performed using the O2
flowmeter. On the mechanically controlled gas mixer, O2 insufflation is performed
using an integrated O2 flowmeter or an external O2 flowmeter.
Operation
35294
2
1 3
Prerequisite: The O2 switch is horizontal in the Aux. O2 position (3).

35295
2
Prerequisite: The mechanically controlled gas mixer is equipped with the

"O2 flowmeter" option.
External O2 flowmeter:
37140
Prerequisite: The device is equipped with an external O2 flowmeter. This option is

only available for a device with a mechanically controlled gas mixer.
Operation
7.13.2.2 Using O2 insufflation

Procedure for all 3 variants:
1. WARNING
Risk of fire
electrosurgical devices and laser surgical devices can cause fires.
► Prevent leakage, e.g., at endotracheal tubes, laryngeal mask airways, face
masks, Y-piece, breathing system including hoses, filters, and breathing bag,
at the external fresh-gas outlet, and at the outlet for O2 insufflation.
► Use only intact and leak-free hoses at the outlet for O2 insufflation.
► Before beginning laser surgery or electrosurgery, flush with sufficient air
(<25 % O2), and flush beneath the surgical drapes as well.
► If ignition sources are present, close the flow control valve on the
O2 flowmeter to the end position.
► When O2 outlets are in use (e.g., for insufflation), do not use any ignition
sources in the immediate vicinity.
► Do not position oxygen sources in the vicinity of ignition sources, e.g.,
electrical connectors.
Connect the appropriate accessories to the outlet for O2 insufflation (1).
2. WARNING
Risk due to overpressure
When the patient is connected to the outlet for O2 insufflation without a release
valve, increased pressure may be applied to the patient.
► Only connect the patient in a way that allows excess gas to escape (e.g.,
through a release valve).
Connect the patient using a mask or nasal cannula.
3. Open the flow control valve (2) to begin O2 insufflation.
Ending O2 insufflation:
► Close the flow control valve (2).
7.14 Change of patient

7.14.1 Cleaning and disinfecting the workstation
► Clean and disinfect the anesthesia workstation in accordance with the infection
prevention policy of the hospital, see "Reprocessing" on page 222.
Operation
7.14.2 Checking or replacing consumables

Prerequisite: The device is in standby mode.
Integrated patient-gas measurement module
1. WARNING
Risk of infection
The water trap may contain infectious fluid.
► Proceed carefully when emptying and take protective measures if necessary.
► Follow the infection prevention policies and reprocessing regulations of the
healthcare facility.
Check the water trap of the patient-gas measurement module (PGM) for
leakage. If necessary, empty or replace the water trap.
2. WARNING
Risk of infection
Used sample lines and water traps may be infectious due to the breathing gases
that passed through them.
► Replace the sample line and the water trap regularly in the following
situations:
– If the sample line is connected to the filter on the Y-piece, replace it daily.
– If there is no filter fitted to the Y-piece and the sample line is connected
directly to the Y-piece, replace the sample line after every patient.
► Remove the sample line from the water trap.
► Initially leave the water trap fitted to prevent infectious fluid from spurting out.
Remove the water trap only after surface disinfection.
► Replace the water trap after each patient.
If no filter was used, replace the sample line and dispose of the used sample
line.
Vaporizer filling level

► Check the vaporizer filling level in the sight glass. Fill the vaporizer if required.
CO2 absorber
► Check the soda lime for discoloration and replace if necessary, see page 75.
Breathing hoses and filters

1. Replace the hoses and filters according to infection prevention policy of the
hospital.
2. Connect a suitable breathing circuit and filters, see page 67.
7.14.3 Checking the device

Prerequisite: The device is in standby mode.
1. Perform the leakage test, see page 127.
2. Flush the breathing system if necessary.
Tests
8 Tests
8.1 Status of the device functions
► In the standby mode, touch the Details... button or the Tests... button.
35069
1
Test results Available tests
The Test results list (1) shows the results of the test last performed. The following
information is displayed using different colors:
– Influence of the individual device functions on the functional integrity of the
device
– Leakage values
Color Meaning
Green Successfully tested, fully available
Yellow A non-critical fault has been detected. The device can be operated
with restricted function.
Red A serious fault has been detected. Operation is not possible or is for-
bidden.
Gray Not tested
Tests
8.2 Available test types

System test
Type and duration: Automatic, approximately 8 min
Perform the test: Daily
Description: Initialization:
– Checking of components which frequently cause
operational restrictions: e.g., high leakage, incor-
rect setting of APL valve
– Calibration of the O2 sensor (every 7 days)
The initialization takes approximately 2 to 3 minutes.
Remain by the device during this time. Make correc-
tions if necessary.
Scope of test:
– Calibration of all valves and sensors
– Test of all device functions
– Performance of leakage test
Leakage test
Type and duration: Automatic, approximately 2 min
Perform the test: – After filling the CO2 absorber
– After changing the hose configuration (e.g.,
changed hoses, changed lengths of extendable
hoses etc.)
– After replacing the breathing system
– After inserting the piston diaphragm
– After replacing the flow sensors
– If leakage at vaporizer is suspected (see "Check-
ing a vaporizer for leakage", page 130)
Description: – Determining leakage, system compliance, and
system resistance
– Calibration of valves and flow sensors, if required.
In this case, the test is extended by
approximately 3 minutes.
8.3 Performing the tests

8.3.1 System test and leakage test
Prerequisites:
– Electronically controlled gas mixer: Central O2 supply or central Air supply is
connected
– Mechanically controlled gas mixer: Central O2 supply is connected
– The anesthetic gas receiving system is correctly connected.
Both tests consist of a checklist followed by an automatic test. The automatic test
consists of a pretest (the initialization), which may require manual actions by the
user, and a fully automatic main test.
Tests
The checklist can be presented in tabular form or as a walk-through mode.

In the system setup, it is possible to specify whether tests always start in the walk-
through mode, see page 177.
On devices with an O2 sensor, the system test checks whether an O2 calibration is
required. If more than 7 days have passed since the last calibration of the O2
sensor, an O2 calibration will be automatically performed.
On devices with an integrated patient-gas measurement module, calibrations are
performed regularly during operation.
1. WARNING
During the system test, the device is pressurized.
► To prevent patient injury, do not perform the system test and leakage test if a
patient is connected.
Touch the button for the system test.
2. Complete the tabular checklist (1).
It is possible to switch from the tabular checklist to the walk-through mode, if
required. To do this, touch the button (2). For further information see: "Checklist
in the walk-through mode", page 136.
35072
1
System test
4 5
3. If the O2 sensor is to be calibrated despite a valid calibration, touch the

Calibrate button (3).
4. CAUTION
Risk of device malfunction and/or patient injury
Existing malfunctions cannot be detected if the system test is canceled. This
may result in device malfunctions and the patient may be put at risk.
► More attention is required when operating without a system test.
► Perform the system test every day. If the system test is canceled during
execution, perform it again as soon as possible.
Tests
If all components are operational, touch the button (4). The automatic test
will start.
If a component is not operational, touch the button (5).
The walk-through mode will start.
35083
6
System test
7
The components (6) are polled one after the other.
The buttons (7) are used to document whether the check passed.
Button Meaning
Check passed
Check failed
The automatic test starts after all the checks in the walk-through mode are
complete.
9 35085
Test results System test
Tests
The test progress is displayed in area (8) while the automatic test is running. All test
results are displayed in area (9).
After the test, the final test result is displayed on the standby screen, see page 87.
8.3.1.1 Test interruption due to irregularities

If an irregularity is detected during the automatic test, the following occurs:
– The test is interrupted.
– An acoustic signal sounds. This signal is repeated every 15 seconds.
– Information on the cause and remedy are displayed.
35088
Test details
1
2
Remedying the cause:

1. Remedy the cause of the interruption.
2. Touch the Repeat button (1) and repeat the test of the component.
Accepting the irregularity:
► Touch the Accept button (2) and continue the test.
Accepted irregularities prevent the total result of the system test from indicating
"fully operational" and are protocoled in the logbook.
8.3.2 Manual check for leakage

8.3.2.1 Checking a vaporizer for leakage
The leakage of a vaporizer can be determined with 2 tests:
– Quick tightness check: Checks whether there is leakage.
– Complete leakage test: Determines the leakage value.
Prerequisites:
– The leakage test of the device has been performed and passed.
– The vaporizer is mounted directly and securely on the plug-in adapter.
– The filling inlet is closed.
– The vaporizer is closed. The control dial is in the 0 position.
– The breathing circuit is correctly connected.
– The APL valve is set to 30.
– The Y-piece is sealed.
Tests
– Gas mixer:
– With electronically controlled gas mixer:
The flow control valve of the O2 flowmeter is closed.
– With mechanically controlled gas mixer:
All flow control valves are closed.
Quick tightness check

1. Touch the Tests... button.
2. Touch the System test button.
The checklist opens and the breathing system pressure is displayed as a bar
graph in the lower left-hand corner.
3. Press the O2+ key and keep it pressed until the displayed breathing system
pressure no longer rises.
4. Release the O2+ key.
5. Wait until the pressure stabilizes between 15 and 30 hPa.
– When the pressure has stabilized, continue with the check, see step 6.
– If the pressure continues to fall, there is a leakage present. Decide whether
to end the check or continue with it.
6. Set the vaporizer to the smallest delivery setting. To do this, turn the control dial
from the 0 position to the first mark on the scale.
7. Observe the breathing system pressure. The pressure must remain stable and
may only drop at a minimally slow rate.
If the pressure drops faster, the vaporizer is leaking.
8. Close the vaporizer. To do this, set the control dial to the 0 position.
9. Exit the System test again. To do this, touch the Cancel button.
For leaky vaporizers, the compete leakage test can be used to determine how large
the leakage is.
Complete leakage test

Testing the vaporizer in the closed state:
2. Touch the Leakage test button.
3. Perform the leakage test with the vaporizer closed.
If no leakage value is displayed, the test has passed. If the determined leakage
is at least 500 mL, the leakage value Leakage (total) is displayed.
Testing the vaporizer in the open state:
3. Set the vaporizer to the smallest delivery setting. To do this, turn the control dial
from the 0 position to the first mark on the scale.
4. Perform the leakage test with the vaporizer opened.
If no leakage value is displayed, the test has passed. If the determined leakage
is at least 500 mL, the leakage value Leakage (total) is displayed.
5. Close the vaporizer. To do this, set the control dial to the 0 position.
Tests
6. Press the O2+ key and keep it pressed for at least 5 seconds. The breathing
system will be flushed and the residual anesthetic agent will be disposed of in
the AGS.
Using the determined values, the user can decide whether the vaporizer can be
used.
8.3.2.2 Checking a coaxial breathing circuit

Leakage in the inner hoses of coaxial breathing circuits cannot be detected with the
normal system test. A special test adapter is used to determine the leakage in
Dräger coaxial breathing circuits. The following checks are possible:
– Quick tightness check: Checks whether there is leakage.
– Complete leakage test: Determines the leakage value.
For both checks, first the inner inspiratory hose and then the outer expiratory hose
is tested.
Prerequisites:
– The vaporizers are closed. The control dial is in the 0 position.
– The APL valve is set to 30.
– Gas mixer:
– With electronically controlled gas mixer:
The flow control valve of the O2 flowmeter is closed.
– With mechanically controlled gas mixer:
All flow control valves are closed.
Quick tightness check

Checking the inner hose:
39554
2 4
1 3
5
1. Connect the breathing circuit as follows:

a. Connect the hose (1) to the inspiratory port (2).
b. Connect the coaxial test adapter (3) to the expiratory port (4).
c. Remove the elbow (5) from the hose (6).
Tests
d. Connect the hose (6) to the coaxial test adapter (3).

The checklist opens and the breathing system pressure is displayed in the lower
left-hand corner.
6. Wait until the pressure stabilizes between 15 and 30 hPa. If the pressure drops
further, the hose is leaking.
Checking the outer hose:
39555
7
2 4
8
1
3

b. Remove the coaxial test adapter (3) from the expiratory port (4).
c. Connect the elbow (5) to the hose (6).
d. Plug the hose (6) with the elbow connected on to the circuit plug (7).
e. Connect the hose (8) to the expiratory port (4).
The checklist opens and the breathing system pressure is displayed in the lower
left-hand corner.
6. Wait until the pressure stabilizes between 15 and 30 hPa. If the pressure drops
further, the hose is leaking.
7. Exit the system test again. To do this, touch the Cancel button.
Tests
For leaking hoses, the complete leakage test can be used to determine how large
the leakage value is and whether the hose can continue to be used.
Complete leakage test

Testing the inner hose:
39554
2 4
1 3
5

b. Connect the coaxial test adapter (3) to the expiratory port (4).
c. Remove the elbow (5) from the hose (6).
d. Connect the hose (6) to the coaxial test adapter (3).
The value determined for leakage is displayed as Leakage (mech. vent.). Note
down the value as the leakage of the inspiratory hose.
Tests
Testing the outer hose:
39555
7
2 4
8
1
3

b. Remove the coaxial test adapter (3) from the expiratory port (4).
c. Connect the elbow (5) to the hose (6).
d. Plug the hose (6) with the elbow connected on to the circuit plug (7).
e. Connect the hose (8) to the expiratory port (4).
The value determined for leakage is displayed as Leakage (mech. vent.). Note
down the value as the leakage of the expiratory hose.
Evaluation of the values determined for leakage:
Test of the inspira- Test of the expira- Evaluation

tory hose tory hose
≤150 mL ≤150 mL The breathing circuit is intact.
>150 to <500 mL ≤150 mL Low leakage. Check whether the
breathing circuit is suitable for the
particular patient category.
>500 mL ≤150 mL Do not use the breathing circuit.
There is a risk of rebreathing.
≤150 mL >150 to <500 mL Take account of the leakage when
setting the parameters for fresh gas
and ventilation.
≤150 mL >500 mL Do not use the breathing circuit.
>150 mL >150 mL The leakage is possibly caused by
other components and not by the
breathing circuit. Repeat the test with
a different coaxial breathing circuit.
Tests
8.4 Checklist in the walk-through mode

This section describes how the checklist is processed, using as an example a
device with an electronically controlled gas mixer, active AGS, O2 sensor, and
factory defaults.
The scope of the checklist and the test steps displayed may vary due to differing
system settings.
The instructions on the screen take precedence.
Prerequisites
1. Connect the hoses (1).
2. Seal the Y-piece (2).
35102
2
3. Set the APL valve to 30.
35100
20 30 40
4. Close the flow control valve.

35103
Tests
5. Set the O2 switch to Aux. O2.
35104
8.4.1 Vaporizers
For each vaporizer, check:
1. The locking lever points left, indicating the vaporizer is locked.
35105
2. The filling inlet is closed.
35108
Tests
3. The control dial is set to position 0 and the key is locked in placed.
35107
4. Check the filling level in the sight glass. Refill anesthetic agent if required.
35106
Tests
8.4.2 Gas flow

8.4.2.1 Gas cylinders
1. Open the gas cylinder valves slowly.
Check that the displayed pressures are sufficient.
35109
When using pressure reducers without electronic pressure measurement, read
the pressure from the pressure gauge.
2. Close the gas cylinder valves.
On devices that are equipped with Advanced Cylinder Support, the gas cylinder
valves can remain open during operation. These devices are identified by an
appropriate label near the gas inlets (see "Gas inlets", page 26).
8.4.2.2 Checking the emergency O2 delivery (with electronically controlled gas

mixer)
Prerequisite: Y-piece is sealed.
1. Set the O2 switch (2) to the Add. O2 position.
35110
Tests
2. Open the flow control valve (1). Set the desired O2 flow.
35112
The O2 flowmeter indicates a flow, the breathing bag fills, and the inflow of gas is
audible.
3. Close the flow control valve (3).
35111
3
4. Set the O2 switch (4) back to the Aux. O2 position.
Tests
8.4.3 Breathing circuit

Prerequisite:
– Breathing system is complete and locked.
– Breathing system cover is fitted.
1. Hoses (1) and filters, e.g., at the Y-piece (2), are connected properly.
35115
2
1 3
2. Extendable hoses (3) are extended to the length intended for use.
Do not change the length of the hoses after the test is done.
3. Remove the water from the hoses (4).
35117
4. Prerequisite:
– Patient-gas measurement module present
– Setting: Sample line is connected during test: Off
– Setting: Test breathing circuit: On
– Electronically controlled gas mixer or mechanically controlled gas mixer with
O2 detection
Tests
Press the O2+ key. The inflow of gas is audible. Keep the key pressed until the
pressure exceeds 15 hPa (cmH2O).
35118
5. Pull off the Y-piece and plug it on again. The pressure drops.
37961
8.4.3.1 Special test settings
1. Test breathing circuit
Prerequisite:
– Sample line is connected during test: On
O2 detection
A check is made to ensure that the inspiratory hose, expiratory hose, and
breathing bag hose are connected correctly.
This can be deactivated in the System setup > System > System test dialog.
2. Verify O2 delivery
Prerequisite:
– Sample line is connected during test: On
O2 detection
A check is made to ensure that the O2 supply is actually delivering O2. This is
checked at the Y-piece, using the connected sample line.
Tests
8.4.4 Valves
8.4.4.1 Checking the O2 flush
1. Press the O2+ key and keep it pressed until the pressure stabilizes.
35118
The pressure does not exceed 45 hPa (cmH2O).
2. Release the O2+ key again and wait until the pressure stabilizes.
35118
The pressure does not fall below 15 hPa (cmH2O).
3. Lift the APL valve.
35120
20 30 40
The pressure is released.
Tests
4. Remove the breathing system cover.
37962
The non-return valves have been fitted.
8.4.5 Components
8.4.5.1 Loudspeakers
► Touch the button and wait for 2 different acoustic signals.
35123
If the acoustic signals are not emitted, contact service personnel.
8.4.5.2 Bronchial suction

► Check the functional integrity of the bronchial suction.
35124
Tests
8.4.5.3 Manual resuscitator

1. Make sure there is a manual resuscitator on the device.
35121
2. Check the functional integrity of the manual resuscitator.
8.4.5.4 Anesthetic gas receiving system

With active anesthetic gas scavenging:
► Have the flow for the anesthetic gas scavenging system set so that the red flow
indicator (1) floats in range (2) ("normal range").
35125
1
2
If the flow indicator (1) is floating in range (3) ("restricted range"), certain fresh-
gas flows should not be exceeded, see "Anesthetic gas receiving system" in
chapter "Technical data". Contamination of the ambient air can be prevented by
limiting the fresh-gas flow.
Tests
For passive anesthetic gas scavenging:
1. WARNING
Risk of overpressure
If the overpressure valve in the passive AGS or the scavenging hose is blocked,
overpressure in the breathing circuit and in the patient’s lungs will occur.
► Take care that the scavenging hose does not become blocked.
► Perform a visual inspection of the overpressure valve for damage and soiling.
Check that the scavenging hose is run correctly. The hose must not be blocked.
2. Perform the visual inspection of the overpressure valve (4).
42190
8.4.6 Accessories
8.4.6.1 Soda lime
► Make sure that the soda lime does not need to be exchanged. Change the soda
lime if it is discolored or when its maximum period of use has been reached, see
page 75.
35128
With Infinity ID function:

– Absorbers of type Infinity ID CLIC Absorber will be detected automatically.
The replacement date will be set automatically.
Tests
Without Infinity ID function:

– Absorbers will not be detected, e.g., reusable CO2 absorbers.
► Update the replacement date manually: Touch the Reset button after the
soda lime has been replaced.
Only perform leakage tests with the CLIC absorber locked into place because
the CLIC absorber affects the system compliance values.
8.4.6.2 Sample line

► Check that the sample line is correctly connected.
35129
8.4.6.3 Water trap
1. Check the water level in the water trap.
35130
2. Check the period of use of the water trap. Replace the water trap when
necessary.
With Infinity ID function:
– Water traps of type Infinity ID WaterLock 2 will automatically be detected and
the replacement date will automatically be set.
Tests
Without Infinity ID function:

– Water traps will not be detected.
► Update the replacement date manually: Touch the Reset button after a new
water trap has been installed.
8.4.6.4 Calibrating the inspiratory O2 sensor
CAUTION
Risk of inaccurate measured values
During calibration, the sensor must be exposed to ambient air, i.e., 21 % oxygen
concentration. Fluctuating oxygen concentrations must be avoided. The following
notes must be adhered to:
► Do not fill vaporizers during the calibration.
► Close all the flow control valves.
► Do not blow into the sensor.
► Do not use any disinfectants.
1. If the O2 sensor is to be calibrated despite a valid calibration, proceed as

follows.
Touch the Calibrate button.
2. Touch the button and follow the instructions on the screen.
3. Turn the O2 sensor counterclockwise and remove it.
Place the O2 sensor as shown (1).
39679
1
4. Take the sealing cap (2) from the holder (3).
Tests
Seal the sensor port with the sealing cap.
39674
5. Follow the instructions on the screen.
The device will perform the calibration.
6. After the calibration is complete, remove the sealing cap and plug it back in the
holder.
Insert the O2 sensor (4) back into the sensor port and turn it clockwise until it
reaches the end position.
39680
4
7. After the calibration, the fully automatic main test is continued.
Note on the expiry of the life span of the O2 sensor cell

The life span of the O2 sensor cell is 2 years and is monitored by the device. As
soon as there are 28 days or fewer of the life span left, the remaining life span will
be displayed in the system test. When the life span has expired, a corresponding
message and the following illustration will be displayed:
Tests
39676
If the O2 calibration is possible despite the expired O2 sensor cell, the O2
measurement will continue to be available. With an expired O2 sensor cell, a yellow
test result (operational with limitations) can be achieved at best.
Replace the sensor cell when the O2 sensor can no longer be calibrated, see
page 55.
Ending operation
9 Ending operation
9.1 At the end of the OR day
Dräger recommends shutting down the device during longer periods of non-use
such as overnight or on weekends. This can lower power consumption and prolong
the life span of the medical device without negatively influencing device availability.
1. Make sure that all flow control valves are closed.
2. Press the key.
3. Follow the instructions on the screen.
9.2 Storing the device

Proceed as follows when the device is to be disconnected from the mains power
supply for longer than 2 weeks:
1. Set the main switch to the 0 position.
2. Disconnect the power plug. This will prevent deep discharge of the battery.
9.3 Disconnecting the mains power supply

When the device is disconnected from the mains power supply, the internal battery
takes over the function of supplying power. The status display remains active.
Follow the instructions for storing the device.
► Disconnect the power plug.
Alarms
10 Alarms
Alarm volume
If the alarm volume is too low, alarm signals may not be heard. The patient may be
put at risk.
► Set the alarm volume loud enough so that the alarm signals can be heard in the
environment where the device is located.
► The user must remain within earshot of the alarm signals.
Recognizing alarm signals

If alarm signals are not noticed, the patient may be put at risk.
► Dräger recommends that the user remains in the vicinity of the anesthesia
machine, i.e. within a distance of up to 4 meters (12 feet). This facilitates fast
recognition and response in the event of an alarm.
► If the causes of the alarm are only temporary, the alarms will likewise only be
indicated temporarily.
Impaired Infinity ID functions

Electromagnetic disturbances or faults in Infinity ID components can cause
permanent alarms.
► Contact service personnel to deactivate the Infinity ID alarms.
10.2 Displaying alarms

Alarms are signaled optically and acoustically during the therapy. In standby mode,
alarms are signaled optically. However, if the user must respond to certain alarms in
standby mode, these alarms will also be signaled acoustically.
Alarms
10.2.1 Optical alarm signals
35988
1 2
3
3
3
3
No. Designation
1 All alarms button
2 Alarm message field
3 Alarm-triggering parameters
In the event of an alarm, the device displays the relevant alarm message in the
alarm message field. For certain alarms, the parameter field of the parameter
triggering the alarm will flash.
In the alarm message field (2), up to 8 alarms can be displayed at a time. If more
alarms occur, the All alarms button (1) is displayed. Touching this button opens the
Alarms > Current alarms dialog with information about all active alarms, see
page 154.
10.2.2 Acoustic alarm signals

It always is the alarm with the highest priority that is acoustically signaled. The
signal is emitted until either the cause of the alarm is remedied or the alarm silence
key is pressed.
In situations where several alarms occur at the same time, alarms with higher
priority may only be signaled with a 5-tone sequence instead of a 10-tone
sequence.
Regardless of the set alarm volume, the No O2 delivery alarm is issued at
maximum volume.
Alarms
10.2.3 Alarm priorities

The device assigns the appropriate priority to each alarm message.
The background color of the alarm message field indicates the alarm priority of the
active alarms. The parameter field of the parameter triggering the alarm flashes in
the color matching the alarm priority.
Background Alarm priority Label Meaning

color
Red High !!! Immediate action is nec-
essary in order to avert
imminent danger.
Yellow Medium !! Prompt action is neces-
sary in order to avert a
danger.
Cyan Low ! Attention is necessary,
but a delayed response is
sufficient.
10.3 Response to alarms

10.3.1 Displaying information on alarms
1. Information on the alarms can optionally be displayed as follows:
– Touch the alarm in the header bar.
– Open the Alarms dialog and touch the Current alarms tab (1).
36003
1
Alarms
4 3
2. In the list (2), touch the corresponding alarm or select it with the rotary knob.
3. Refer to the information under Cause (4) and Remedy (3) to remedy the error.
A list of all possible alarms can be found in chapter "Alarm – Cause – Remedy",
see page 201.
Alarms
10.3.2 Silencing the alarm tone

The alarm tone can be silenced for a maximum of 2 minutes.
36004
1
► Press the alarm silence key (1) below the screen, see page 17.
The symbol and the remaining time for the silenced alarm tone are displayed in
the header bar.
If the cause of the alarm persists, the alarm tone starts again immediately after the
alarm silence ends.
During the alarm silence, only new alarms with a higher alarm priority or a higher
internal priority number compared with the silenced alarm are acoustically signaled.
For further information see: "Alarm – Cause – Remedy", page 201.
10.3.2.1 Reactivating the alarm tone

► Press the alarm silence key again.
10.3.3 Downgrading and acknowledging alarm messages

Some alarms can be downgraded to low priority (note) or they can be cleared
completely. The relevant alarms can be recognized in the table "Alarm – Cause –
Remedy" on page 201 by the following remedial messages:
Remedial message Effect

Use "ALARM RESET" to downgrade Alarm priority is changed to low (note).
alarm priority.
Use "ALARM RESET" to acknowl- Alarm is cleared.
edge alarm.
Alarms
There are 2 options for downgrading or clearing the alarms:

Option 1:
36008
1
Or
Option 2:
36011
2
Alarms
Option 1 Option 2
Touch the ALARM RESET button (1) in In the Alarms > Current alarms
the header bar and confirm. dialog (2), touch the Reset all button (3)
and confirm.
All the alarms displayed in the alarm All alarms will be downgraded or reset.
message field will be downgraded or
reset.
Alarms
10.3.4 Opening the alarm logbook

The alarm logbook records all alarm messages for the current case in chronological
sequence.
2. Touch the Alarm logbook tab (1).
36010
1
Alarms
Use the rotary knob or the arrow buttons (2) to scroll the cursor up or down.
The alarm logbook is cleared when the device is shut down or a new case is
started.
10.3.5 Adjusting the alarm limits

If an alarm is triggered because a lower limit or an upper limit is exceeded, it might
be necessary to adjust the alarm limits. To do this, either set the alarm limits, see
page 116, or change the alarm limits using the Quick setup dialog.
36015
1. Touch the parameter field (1).
Alarms
The relevant alarm limit (2) is preselected.
36016
Quick setup
2. Adjust the value (2) and confirm.

The device can be configured so that the Quick setup dialog opens automatically
in the event of an alarm, see page 170.
Alarms
10.4 Adopting alarm settings when changing the ventilation

mode
When the ventilation mode is changed, the alarm settings are also adapted.
Depending on the mode, alarm settings can either be adopted or set to Off.
For some modes, it can be configured whether or not the settings are adopted.
Observe the information in the following section: "Vertical tab "Config. 2"", page 171
However, the settings can be adjusted during operation at any time.
Alarm or alarm limit CBM mode Pause Man/Spon, Ext. FGO VC,
PSV with ∆Psupp VC - AF,
<5 hPa (cmH2O) PC,
PSV with ∆Psupp ≥5 hPa
(cmH2O)
FiO2 low1) Is adopted. Is adopted.

Not measured
1) Configurable Configurable
FiO2 high
FiO2 low2)
Is adopted.
inAgent high2)
Apnea (no CO2)2) Off3) Is adopted.

2)
etCO2 high
Off
etCO2 low2)
Is restored or remains active.
inCO2 high2)
Configurable
FiO2 high2)
Configurable
inAgent low2)
xMAC low2) Not activated

Paw high
Is adopted. Is adopted.
Paw low
MV high
Configurable Configurable Not measured
MV low
Configu- Off
Apnea (no flow) Off3)
rable4) On
Apnea (no pressure) Off Off
1) With inspiratory O2 measurement with O2 sensor

2) With integrated patient-gas measurement module
3) The alarm remains suppressed until respiratory activity is detected.
4) This alarm is only activated when the MV low alarm limit is also activated.
Alarms
10.4.1 Activating the alarms related to volume

The upper alarm limit for MV is deactivated at the start of the ventilation, but can be
set during the ventilation.
The MV low alarm is delayed in certain cases and is issued as follows:
– No sooner than 45 seconds after a case starts,
– No sooner than 45 seconds after changing to a mode with greater respiratory
support, see page 299,
– No sooner than 45 seconds after an Apnea (no flow) alarm or an Apnea
(no pressure) alarm.
10.4.2 Resetting the Apnea (no CO2) alarm

option.
When changing to a ventilation mode with higher respiratory support, the Apnea
(no CO2) alarm is reset. If the apnea situation persists, an alarm appears after the
time specified in table "Alarm delay and alarm escalation".
10.5 Alarm delay and alarm escalation

To prevent unnecessary alarms, some alarms are not displayed immediately after a
limit violation, but after a delay. In addition, certain circumstances can cause the
alarm priority to change.
Gas measurement alarms with integrated patient-gas measurement module
Alarm Priority Priority Priority

Note Caution Warning
(Low) (Medium) (High)
inCO2 high --- After 2 consecutive ---
etCO2 high respiratory phases and
etCO2 low 15 seconds
FiO2 high
Inspiratory N2O high
inAgent low After 2 consecutive --- ---
respiratory phases and
15 seconds
FiO2 low --- --- After 2 consecutive
15 seconds
or
after 30 seconds if no
respiratory phases are
detected
Alarms

inAgent high --- After 2 consecutive >165 seconds later
15 seconds
or
after 30 seconds if no
respiratory phases are
detected
Inspiratory xMAC high --- Insp. MAC ≥3 longer than 30 seconds:
for more than
insp. MAC ≥3
180 seconds
and
exp. MAC ≥2.5
or
insp. MAC ≥5
xMAC low 0 to 60 seconds >60 s ---
Apnea (no CO2) --- At the latest after 15 seconds later
20 seconds (for RR ≥6)
(for RR ≥6)
or
or 30 seconds later
At the latest after (for RR <6)
35 seconds
(for RR <6)
or
at the latest after
65 seconds for the
Pause, Manual / Sponta-
neous and Ext. FGO
modes
No CO2 detected >60 s --- ---
O2 measurement not >20 s --- ---
available
N2O measurement not
available
Agent measurement
not available
O2 measurement tem-
porarily inaccurate
CO2 sensor accuracy
low
Agent measurement
temporarily inaccurate
N2O measurement
temporarily inaccurate
Measured gas concen-
trations temporarily
inaccurate
Alarms
Gas measurement alarms with inspiratory O2 measurement

FiO2 low --- After at least 5 seconds
FiO2 high --- After at least 5 seconds
O2 measurement not >20 s --- ---
available
O2 measurement tem-
porarily inaccurate
O2 sensor not ready
Ventilation alarms

Apnea (no flow) --- At the latest after 15 seconds later
Apnea (no pressure) 20 seconds (for RR ≥6)
Apnea (for RR ≥6)
or
or 30 seconds later
At the latest after (for RR <6)
35 seconds
(for RR <6)
or
at the latest after
65 seconds for the
Pause, Manual / Sponta-
neous and Ext. FGO
modes
Apnea Ventilation At the latest after 20 seconds ---
(15 seconds for RRmin ≥4)
(configurable, see page 168)
Tidal volume not --- After 3 consecutive ---
achieved breaths
--- --- >15 seconds above the
Airway press. continu-
manually or automati-
ously high
cally set limit
Airway pressure nega- --- --- Pmean < –2
tive
or
Paw < –10
PEEP/CPAP high --- Airway pressure ---
>(PEEP +5 hPa
(cmH2O)) during more
than 10 consecutive
breaths
Airway pressure not --- After 2 consecutive ---
achieved breaths
Alarms

Cardiac bypass mode If a minute volume of --- ---
still active? >50 % of the suggested
value is measured after
CBM mode has been
activated for
>60 seconds
Fresh gas low or leak- --- Breathing bag empty With an additional
age "Apnea (no pressure)"
alarm and at least one of
the following alarms:
"Apnea (no flow)", "Tidal
volume not achieved" or
"Airway pressure not
achieved"
10.6 Activation of alarms after breath detection

Product variants with inspiratory O2 measurement or integrated patient-gas
measurement module
In the Man / Spon mode, the alarms for Minute volume low and Apnea (no flow)
are only activated after spontaneous breaths have been detected.
Product variants with integrated patient-gas measurement module

If still no breaths have been detected after leaving the Standby or Pause modes,
the breathing gas is monitored with regard to an O2 concentration that is too low or
an anesthetic gas concentration that is too high. At the same time, the message
Waiting for respiratory phases is displayed in the CO2 waveform.
Once 2 breaths have been detected, the message disappears and only then are the
O2, CO2, N2O, and anesthetic gas alarms active.
Alarms
10.7 Intelligent alarm behavior

10.7.1 Combined alarms
If multiple alarms occurring at the same time are caused by the same problem, they
are combined into one alarm.
Problem Alarms occurring at the Combined alarm

same time
Several causes of apnea Apnea (no flow) Apnea
are present. Apnea (no pressure)
Apnea (no CO2)
Faults in multiple compo- Example: Ventilator failure
nents. This causes failure Insp. press. sensor failure
of a system function. Exp. pressure sensor failure
10.7.2 Limited generation of alarms

Some low-priority alarms indicate a fault in a measurement function. If this
measurement function monitors parameters, no alarms based on these parameters
can be generated.
Example:
Fault Displayed alarm Non-generated alarm

CO2 measurement is Sample line occluded Apnea (no CO2)
faulty
Configuration
11 Configuration
11.1 Device settings
Some device functions are available as an option and consequently are only
available on appropriately equipped devices.
11.1.1 Factory defaults

Dräger delivers the device with factory defaults that are used when starting the
device for the first time. Service personnel can reset the device to the factory
defaults.
11.1.2 Start settings

Start settings take effect after every restart of the device or when starting a new
case (touching one of the New adult, New pediatric or New neonate buttons). The
start settings can be adjusted after the configuration password is entered.
If required, the device can be delivered with start settings that may differ from the
factory defaults.
11.1.3 User-specific settings

User-specific settings can be adjusted by the user without a configuration
password. The settings take effect immediately but are discarded at the latest after
a device restart.
11.2 Setting the date and time

The device can adopt the time from a network or from a device connected via
MEDIBUS. The time synchronization takes place shortly after switch-on and at
regular intervals thereafter.
If time synchronization is not set, the time can be changed manually in 2 ways:
► Touch the field (1).
36019
Configuration
► Set the date and time in the system setup.

The source for the time synchronization can also be set in the system setup. For
further information, see the following chapter: "Vertical tab "General"", page 176.
11.3 Specifying the start settings

As soon as a vertical tab is selected, entry of the configuration password is required
to access the settings in the System setup dialog.
Observe the information in the following chapter: "Password", page 325.
11.3.1 Adjusting the settings

The following tables show all the setting possibilities in the System setup dialog.
The respective factory defaults are marked in bold format.
11.3.2 System setup > Screen

11.3.2.1 Vertical tab "General"
Headline/ Setting range

Description
Parameter
Color scheme Day light; Day dark; Night Sets the color scheme. Observe the
information in the following section:
"Daytime colors and nighttime
colors", page 84
Screen bright- 10 to 100 Sets the screen brightness.
ness 80
11.3.2.2 Vertical tab "Views"

Description
Parameter
Rename views 1 Standard; 2 Expert; 3 Expert Defines the name of a view.

Touch the button for the view, enter the
new name on the keyboard, and con-
firm with the button or with the rotary
knob.
Number of wave- 3; 4
forms (view 3)
Default view 1 Standard; 2 Expert; 3 Expert Specifies the standard view.
Save as system Current view Saves the current screen layout.
defaults (only available during operation)
All views Saves all screen layouts.
Configuration
11.3.2.3 Vertical tab "Waveforms"

Description
Parameter
Sweep speed 6.25; 12.5; 6.25; 12.5; 6.25; 12.5; Specifies the sweep speed.
[mm/s] 25 25 25
VT scale Auto; Auto; Auto; Specifies the scale for the volumeter.
[mL] 0 to 10; 0 to 10; 0 to 10;
0 to 50; 0 to 50; 0 to 50;
0 to 150; 0 to 150; 0 to 150;
0 to 500; 0 to 500; 0 to 500;
0 to 1000; 0 to 1000; 0 to 1000;
0 to 2000 0 to 2000 0 to 2000
Flow scale Auto Auto Auto Specifies the scale for the flow wave-
[L/min] -5 to 5 -5 to 5 -5 to 5 form.
-10 to 10; -10 to 10; -10 to 10;
-30 to 30; -30 to 30; -30 to 30;
-60 to 60; -60 to 60; -60 to 60;
-120 to 120 -120 to 120 -120 to 120
O2 scale Auto; Specifies the scale for the O2 wave-
[%] 0 to 100; 15 to 35; 25 to 45; 35 to 55; form.
45 to 65; 55 to 75; 65 to 85; 75 to 95;
85 to 105
CO2 scale [%]; [kPa]: Auto; 0 to 6; 0 to 12 Specifies the scale for the CO2 wave-
[mmHg]: Auto; 0 to 50; 0 to 100 form.
Paw scale Auto; -5 to 20; -7.5 to 30; -10 to 40; Specifies the scale for the Paw wave-
[mbar]; [hPa]; -20 to 80 form.
[cmH2O]
Flow-volume loop ISO standard; Dräger Specifies coordinate axes for the Flow-
Volume loop.
11.3.2.4 Vertical tab "Colors"

Description
Parameter
CO2; Default color; color palette with Specifies the parameter colors.
Paw; 7 additional colors
Flow, volume
O 2; Default color; ISO color
Agent
Configuration
11.3.3 System setup > Alarms

11.3.3.1 Vertical tab "Limits"

Description
Parameter
FiO2 [%] 19 to 99; 19 to 99; 19 to 99; Inspiratory oxygen fraction

Off Off Off
90
FiO2 [%] 18 to 98 18 to 98 18 to 98
20 20 20
etCO2 Expiratory CO2 concentration
[%]; [kPa] 0.1 to 9.8; 0.1 to 9.8; 0.1 to 9.8;
Off Off Off
7.0 7.0 7.0
[mmHg] 1 to 75; 1 to 75; 1 to 75;
Off Off Off
53 53 53
etCO2
[%]; [kPa] Off; Off; Off;
0.0 to 9.7; 0.0 to 9.7; 0.0 to 9.7;
[mmHg] Off; Off; Off;
0 to 74 0 to 74 0 to 74
inCO2 Inspiratory CO2 concentration
[%]; [kPa] 0.1 to 1.4; 0.1 to 1.4; 0.1 to 1.4;
Off Off Off
1.1 1.1 1.1
[mmHg] 1 to 10; 1 to 10; 1 to 10;
Off Off Off
8 8 8
Paw high 5 to 99 5 to 99 5 to 99 Airway pressure
[mbar]; [hPa]; 40 25 20
If the airway pressure is above the
[cmH2O] value set for Paw low for longer than
Paw low Auto; Auto; Auto; 15 s, the Airway press. continuously
[mbar]; [hPa]; 3 to 97 3 to 97 3 to 97 high alarm is issued.
[cmH2O]
inSev 0.10 to 9.95 0.10 to 9.95 0.10 to 9.95 Sevoflurane
[%]; [kPa] 4.40 5.10 6.70
inSev Off; Off; Off;
[%]; [kPa] 0.00 to 9.85 0.00 to 9.85 0.00 to 9.85
inDes 0.1 to 20.0 0.1 to 20.0 0.1 to 20.0 Desflurane
[%]; [kPa] 12.5 14.5 19.0
inDes Off; Off; Off;
[%]; [kPa] 0.0 to 19.9 0.0 to 19.9 0.0 to 19.9
Configuration

Description
Parameter
inEnf 0.10 to 9.95 0.10 to 9.95 0.10 to 9.95 Enflurane

[%]; [kPa] 3.60 4.10 5.40
inEnf Off; Off; Off;
[%]; [kPa] 0.00 to 9.85 0.00 to 9.85 0.00 to 9.85
inIso 0.10 to 8.50 0.10 to 8.50 0.10 to 8.50 Isoflurane
[%]; [kPa] 2.40 2.80 3.70
inIso Off; Off; Off;
[%]; [kPa] 0.00 to 8.40 0.00 to 8.40 0.00 to 8.40
inHal 0.10 to 8.50 0.10 to 8.50 0.10 to 8.50 Halothane
[%]; [kPa] 1.60 1.90 2.40
inHal Off; Off; Off;
[%]; [kPa] 0.00 to 8.40 0.00 to 8.40 0.00 to 8.40
11.3.3.2 Vertical tab "Sound volume"

Description
Parameter
Alarm volume 10 to 100 Sets the alarm volume.

40
Minimum alarm 10 to 100 Sets the minimum volume with which
volume 10 an alarm tone will be signaled.
11.3.3.3 Vertical tab "Autoset"

Description
Parameter
Offset for "Autoset limits" function

Automatic adjustment of the parameters to current measured values. For further
information, see the following section: "Setting the alarm limits", page 116..
By touching the Autoset button, the alarm limits are adjusted so that the upper
alarm limit is above the current measured value by at least the percentage or value
set here and the lower alarm value is correspondingly below it.
Example:
In the PC - CMV mode:
Measured MV: 5 L/min
Set offset: ±40 %
New alarm limits: 7 and 3 L/min
etCO2 ± [%] Off; 20 to 80 In modes with low or no breathing sup-
20 port (Man / Spon, Ext. FGO, CPAP /
PSV, and Pause), a further
20 percentage points are added to the
configured value.
Configuration

Description
Parameter
Paw Off; 5 to 20 The following parameters are taken into

+[mbar]; [hPa]; 5 account when determining the Paw
[cmH2O] value: PIP, Pplat, Pinsp, PEEP, and
∆Psupp.
In the Man / Spon and Pause modes,
the new alarm limit is at least 25 hPa
(cmH2O).
MV ± [%] Off; 20 to 80 In modes with low or no breathing sup-
40 port (Man / Spon, CPAP / PSV, and
Pause), a further 20 percentage points
are added to the configured value.
11.3.3.4 Vertical tab "Config. 1"

Description
Parameter
General alarm behavior

Open "Quick On; Off Automatically opens the Quick setup
setup" when dialog in the event of an alarm.
alarm occurs
"Second agent On; Off Issues an alarm when an anesthetic
detected" alarm gas mixture is detected.
"xMAC low" alarm On; Off Activates the xMAC low alarm.
"FiO2 too high for 50; 25 to 90 Sets the FiO2 value that is considered
neonates" thresh- critical for neonates. If this value is
old value [%] exceeded for a certain time, the FiO2
too high for neonates alarm will be trig-
gered.
"FiO2 too high for Off; 0:10 to 9:50 Sets the time after which the FiO2 too
neonates" alarm 0:15 high for neonates alarm will be trig-
after [h:mm] gered.
Priority of "Apnea Medium; Low Specifies the alarm priority when the
ventilation" alarm set minimum respiratory rate is not
reached in PSV ventilation mode.
Alarm behavior in "Pause" mode
Priority of "Pause High; Medium; Low Specifies the alarm priority for the alarm
time expired" that is issued when the time set in the
alarm Pause mode has expired.
Default value for 0:30 to 2:00 0:30 to 2:00 0:30 to 2:00 Specifies the default duration for
"Timer" [mm:ss] 2.00 1:00 0:30 Pause.
Configuration

Description
Parameter
Deactivate the alarm limit in the following modes: Man/Spon,

Pause, CPAP/PSV with ∆Psupp < 5, ext. FGO
FiO2 high Yes; No Yes; No Yes; No Specifies the alarm behavior when
MV low Yes; No changing to a different ventilation
mode.
MV high Yes; No
These settings apply only to a change
xMAC low Yes; No
to a ventilation mode with lower or no
etCO2 low Yes; No breathing support (see page 299).
etCO2 high Yes; No The alarm behavior at the start of the
therapy is defined by the configuration
inCO2 high Yes; No
in the vertical tab Limits.
inAgent low Yes; No
Deactivate the alarm limit in cardiac bypass mode (CBM)?
FiO2 high Yes; No Specifies the alarm behavior in the
MV low Yes; No CBM mode.
MV high Yes; No
inAgent low Yes; No

Description
Parameter
Alarm limits for "Cylinder almost empty"

O2 [bar]; [kPax100]: Off; 15 to 50 Specifies the alarm limits for the supply
20 pressure of connected gas cylinders.
[psi]: Off; 218 to 725
290
Air [bar]; [kPax100]: Off; 15 to 50
20
[psi]: Off; 218 to 725
290
N 2O [bar]; [kPax100]: Off; 15 to 40
20
[psi]: Off; 218 to 580
290
Configuration
11.3.4 System setup > Therapy

11.3.4.1 Vertical tab "Vent. 1"

Description
Parameter
Default ventila- Buttons with available ventilation modes Specifies the default ventilation mode at
tion mode Man/Spon the start of therapy.
VT and RR start settings Specifies the tidal volume and the
Based on Patient category; Ideal body weight respiratory rate.
Selected: Specifies the tidal volume and the

[Patient category] respiratory rate based on the patient
VT 5 to 1500 5 to 1500 5 to 1500 category.
[mL] 500 150 50
RR 3 to 100 3 to 100 3 to 100
[/min] 12 20 30
Selected: Specifies the tidal volume and the
[Ideal body weight] respiratory rate that are based on the
VT 5 to 1500 ideal body weight.
[mL] 100 kg (220 lbs): 700 Set the tidal volume and the respiratory
75 kg (165 lbs): 520 rate for the supporting points 5; 15; 75;
15 kg (33 lbs): 110 100 kg (11; 33; 165; 220 lbs).
5 kg (11 lbs): 35
For calculated values for ideal body
RR 3 to 100 weights that lie between these 4 sup-
[/min] 100 kg (220 lbs): 10 porting points, the start settings for tidal
75 kg (165 lbs): 12 volume and respiratory rate are interpo-
15 kg (33 lbs): 26 lated linearly. For ideal body weight val-
5 kg (11 lbs): 32 ues lying outside these supporting
points, calculation proceeds with the
values of the highest or lowest support-
ing point.
The start settings for VT and RR influence the start values of the alarm limits for MV
high, MV low, and VTi high:
MV high = VTx RR x (1 + offset);

minimal: 2.0 L/min
MV low = VTx RR x (1 – offset);
minimal: 0.3 L/min
The "offset" value corresponds to the respective offset setting for automatic alarm
adjustment. The "offset" value can be set in vertical tab System setup > Alarms >
Autoset.
Configuration
11.3.4.2 Vertical tab "Vent. 2"

Description
Parameter
Start settings for ventilation Specifies the start settings for the venti-
Pmax 12 to 80 12 to 80 12 to 80 lation.
[mbar]; [hPa]; 40 30 25
[cmH2O]
Pinsp 7 to 80 7 to 80 7 to 80
[mbar]; [hPa]; 15 15 15
[cmH2O]
∆Psupp Off; Off; Off;
[mbar]; [hPa]; 3 to 80 3 to 80 3 to 80
[cmH2O] 10 10 10
Insp term 5 to 80 5 to 80 5 to 80
[%] 25 25 25
PEEP Off; Off; Off;
[mbar]; [hPa]; 2 to 35 2 to 35 2 to 35
[cmH2O] 3 3 3
Slope 0 to 2 0 to 1.5 0 to 1.5
[s] 0.2 0.2 0.2
RRmin Off; Off; Off;
[/min] 3 to 25 3 to 25 3 to 25
6 10 15
% Tplat 0 to 60 0 to 60 0 to 60
[%] 20 20 20
Trigger 0.3 to 15 0.3 to 15 0.3 to 15
[L/min] 4.0 2.0 1.0
Sync. SIMV; CMV SIMV; CMV SIMV; CMV
11.3.4.3 Vertical tab "Fresh gas" (only with electronically controlled gas mixer)

Description
Parameter
Start settings for fresh gas Selects the start settings for the fresh-
gas delivery.
FG O2 21 to 100 21 to 100 21 to 100 Sets the O2 flow.
[%] 100 100 100
FG flow 0.20 to 0.20 to 0.20 to Sets the fresh-gas flow.
[L/min] 15.00 15.00 15.00
2.00 2.00 2.00
Configuration

Description
Parameter
Minimal O2 flow Off; 50 to Off; 50 to Off; 50 to Sets the minimal O2 flow that is deliv-
(carrier gas: Air) 300 300 300 ered when Air is used as carrier gas.
[mL/min] Off Off Off
Do not set the value too low, but suit-
able for the patient category. The rec-
ommendation is, e.g., 200 for adults,
100 for pediatric patients, and 50 for
neonates.
Minimal O2 flow 50 to 300 50 to 300 50 to 300 Sets the minimum O2 flow that is deliv-
(carrier gas: N2O) 200 200 200 ered when N2O is used as carrier gas.
[mL/min]
Do not set this value too small; recom-
mended is, e.g., 200 for adults, 100 for
pediatric patients, and 50 for neonates.
Carrier gas Air; N2O Air; N2O Air; N2O Sets the carrier gas.
11.3.4.4 Vertical tab "Patient"

Description
Parameter
Default selection Continue case; Specifies which button is preselected

for "Start" dialog New adult; New pediatric; New neonate the first time the Start dialog is opened,
and after changes to the system setup.
Weight Off; Off; Specifies the following starting values:
[kg] 30 to 300 5 to 50 0.4 to 10 – Body weight
Off Off 3.0
– Body height
[lbs] Off; 67 to Off;12 to 110 0.9 to 22
661 55 – Patient age
176 6.6 If the setting is configured to Off, the
Height corresponding therapy control will not
[cm] 120 to 300 50 to 300 Off; 20 to 80 be displayed in the Start dialog.
185 100 Off
[in] 48 to 118 20 to 118 Off; 8 to 31
73 39 Off
Age [years, Neo: 12 to 130 0 to 16 0 to 24
months] 32 8 6
Configuration

Description
Parameter
Pinsp changes On; Off Determines whether changing PEEP

with PEEP automatically changes Pinsp also, so
that the difference between PEEP and
Pinsp remains constant.
Ti changes with On; Off Determines whether the change in
RR (I:E ratio is respiratory rate automatically effects a
locked) change in Ti, so that the I:E.ratio
remains constant.
Breathing system On; Off Switches the breathing system warmer
warmer on or off.
Auto Wake-up On; Off Determines whether the Start dialog
(opens start dia- opens automatically when ventilation
log upon respira- activity is detected (e.g., as a result of
tory activity) repeated squeezing of the breathing
bag).
Anesthetic gas Auto; Off; Corrects the accuracy of the flow mea-
compensation Des; Sev surement on devices with inspiratory
Des 0 to 18 O2 measurement.
6 Select the value according to the typical
setting on the vaporizer control dial.
Sev 0 to 6.5 (The vaporizer automatically makes
2.1 any correction necessary for altitude.)
11.3.5 System setup > Licenses/Options

11.3.5.1 Vertical tab "Licenses/Options"

Description
Parameter
Licenses for software options – Overview of available and active

software options.
– Activating software options.
Observe the information in the following
section: "Activating software
options", page 182
Configuration

Description
Parameter
Gas supply
Disable N2O On; Off A device with connectors for nitrous
oxide can be configured so that nitrous
oxide is no longer displayed, nor can it
be selected as a carrier gas.
Prerequisite:
– The current carrier gas is Air.
– Nitrous oxide is not connected or
available.
Restart the device if necessary to
implement the settings.
On: Nitrous oxide cannot be delivered.
Off: Nitrous oxide can be delivered.
11.3.6 System setup > System


Description
Parameter
Language List of available languages Selects the language.

English (United States)
A flag symbol identifies the tabs that
lead to the page with the language set-
tings.
Time source MEDIBUS 1; MEDIBUS 2; NTP server; Selects the source for the time synchro-
None nization.
Prerequisite: The connected device
supports this function.
Date and time day; month; year Sets the date and time. The change is
hour; minute applied on leaving the "General" verti-
cal tab.
Automatic switch On; Off Activates or deactivates the automatic
to daylight sav- changeover to daylight saving time.
ings time
OR working hours Hour : Minute to Hour : Minute Sets the working hours of the operating
6:30 to 18:30 room.
During this time, the gas measurement
is kept in a pre-warmed and calibrated
state so measured values are available
after only a short waiting period. How-
ever, this decreases the life span of the
patient-gas measurement module.
Device name Device name (up to 16 alphanumeric Changes the device name in order,
characters) e.g., to enter the operating location.
A3XX
Configuration

Description
Parameter
Configuration Change password Changes the configuration password.

password
Reset all pages to Factory defaults Resets all the settings on all pages in
the System setup dialog to the factory
defaults.
11.3.6.2 Vertical tab "Units"

Description
Parameter
Weight kg; lbs Sets the units.

Height cm; in
Airway pressure mbar; hPa; cmH2O
Supply pressure bar; kPa×100; psi
CO2 %; kPa; mmHg
Volatile agents %; kPa
11.3.6.3 Vertical tab "System test"

Description
Parameter
General
Always use walk- On; Off Sets the walk-through mode function.
through mode
When On is configured, system tests
and leakage tests will always be exe-
cuted in walk-through mode.
Sample line is On; Off Specifies whether the sample line is
connected during connected to the Y-piece or to the filter
test on the Y-piece during the automatic
tests.
When On is configured, the device can
automatically check whether, e.g.,
breathing hoses or central supply
hoses are incorrectly connected.
When Off is configured, additional
checks are required during the system
test.
Test gas supply
Configuration

Description
Parameter
Central O2 supply On; Off Specifies which gas supplies are tested
Central Air supply On; Off during the automatic system test.
Central N2O sup- On; Off

ply
O2 cylinder On; Off
Air cylinder
N2O cylinder
Verify O2 delivery On; Off Specifies whether the system test will
check that the O2 supply is actually
delivering oxygen.
The Sample line is connected during
test parameter must also be set to On
for this.
Test breathing circuit
Test correct On; Off Specifies whether the automatic tests
assembly of will check that the breathing circuit is
breathing hoses correctly connected.
and Y-piece
During this test, a check is made as to
whether the breathing gas can flow
from the inspiratory port via the Y-piece
to the expiratory port.
If Sample line is connected during test
is set to On, this test is performed fully
automatically. If Sample line is con-
nected during test is set to Off, addi-
tional manual checks are required.
11.3.6.4 Vertical tab "Logbook"

Description
Parameter
A logbook entry with measured values is created Enables the creation of additional log-
book entries with measured values.
Every 1 min; 2 min; 5 min; 10 min; 15 min Generates periodic entries.
For all high-prior- On; Off Generates entries in the event of an
ity alarms alarm.
For all medium- On; Off
priority alarms
Configuration
11.3.6.5 Vertical tab "Sound volume"

Description
Parameter
Alarm volume 10 to 100 Sets the alarm volume.

40
Minimum alarm 10 to 100 Sets the minimum volume with which
volume 10 an alarm tone will be signaled.
11.3.6.6 Vertical tab "Interfaces"

Description
Parameter
LAN Configuration of the network

DHCP On; Off Specifies settings for the network.
IP address XXX . XXX . XXX . XXX When using DHCP, consult with IT per-
Subnet mask XXX . XXX . XXX . XXX sonnel to ensure that the device is
always assigned the same IP address
Default gateway XXX . XXX . XXX . XXX
by the DHCP server.
Restart the device after each change to
the network settings. The network set-
tings are not affected by a reset to fac-
tory defaults.
Accept the changes to IP address, Sub-
net mask, or Default gateway with the
Apply button. The changes are only
active after the device has been
restarted.
MAC address Displays the MAC address.
COM 1 Configures the COM port.
Protocol MEDIBUS.X; None A baud rate of 19200 or 38400 is
Baud rate 1200; 2400; 4800; 9600; 19200; 38400 required for transmission of high-speed
data, e.g., for waveforms.
COM 2
Protocol MEDIBUS.X; None
Baud rate 1200; 2400; 4800; 9600; 19200; 38400
USB Activates or deactivates the USB port.
USB interface On; Off
Configuration
11.3.6.7 Vertical tab "Infinity ID"

Description
Parameter
Monitoring of Infinity ID accessories

Breathing circuit On; Off Activates or deactivates the Infinity ID
Water trap On; Off functionality.
On:
Flow sensors On; Off
– Generates a message when the
CO2 absorber On; Off maximum period of use is exceeded
– Generates a message when
Infinity ID breathing hoses are incor-
rectly connected
Off:
– Messages are suppressed.
Exchange interval [days]
Breathing circuit Off; 2 to 9 Specifies the replacement intervals for
2 Infinity ID accessories.
Water trap Off; 28
Flow sensors Off; 1 to 180
90
CO2 absorber Off; 1 to 28
7
11.3.6.8 Vertical tab "Service"

Description
Parameter
Service access code The following functions are available

after the appropriate credentials have
been entered:
– Access to the service dialog
11.3.7 Resetting the start settings

Certain pages in the System setup dialog have a button for resetting the respective
start settings to the factory defaults.
11.3.7.1 Resetting the changes on a page

1. Open the appropriate tab.
2. Touch the Factory defaults button and confirm.
11.3.8 Resetting the consumptions

The gas consumption can be reset in Standby > System setup > System status >
Consumption.
► Touch the Reset data button and confirm.
Configuration
11.3.9 General device information

Further information is displayed in Standby > System setup > System status:
36021
System setup
No. Designation
1 General information
– Installed software version
– Next maintenance date
2 QR code for further product information
This information can be retrieved:
– Device description
– Device options
– Available accessories
– Service options
► Scan the QR code with suitable equipment.

The QR code is decoded into an internet address which enables access to the
stated information in a browser.
11.4 Transferring device configurations

The configuration of a device can be exported to a USB mass storage device and
then imported on another device.
The configuration can only be transferred completely if the hardware and software
characteristics are identical on both devices. If these characteristics (e.g., gas
mixer, gas measurement) are different or if configuration data are missing, certain
settings will be reset to the factory defaults or switched off.
To achieve as complete a transfer as possible, use a device with the greatest
possible range of features as the starting point for exporting to a device with fewer
features.
Configuration
Prerequisite: USB mass storage device has been connected to the USB port.
► Open the System setup > Im/Export config. > Im/Export config. page (1).
36030
1
System setup
1
2
4
The configurations saved on the USB mass storage device are displayed in a
list (4). If not all of the configurations are displayed, delete all configurations from
the USB mass storage device that are not needed or move them to a subdirectory
on the USB mass storage device.
The following settings are neither imported nor exported:
– Device name
– Date and time
– IP address
11.4.1 Importing the configuration

1. Touch one of the configurations in the list (4).
2. Touch the Import button (2) and confirm.
3. Restart the device.
4. Check the device configuration for correctness.
11.4.2 Exporting the configuration

► To export configurations, touch the Export button (3) and confirm.
11.5 Activating software options

The following software options require an activation code to be entered, followed by
activation:
– Spontaneous breathing support
– AutoFlow
– Advanced trends
– Advanced ventilation monitoring
– Advanced gas monitoring
Configuration
– Advanced neonatal support

– Expert view
Trial licenses for these options are time-limited.
An activation code is linked with the serial number of the respective device and
cannot be transferred. The activation codes can either be loaded from a USB mass
storage device or entered manually.
► Open the System setup > Licenses/Options > Licenses/Options page (1).
36022
System setup
1
1
2
5
4
3
Loading the activation code from a USB mass storage device

Prerequisite: A USB mass storage device with valid licenses is connected to the
USB port.
► Touch the Load from USB button (3).
The activation codes are read and displayed in the list (5).
Entering the activation code

1. Touch the Enter code button (4).
2. Enter the activation code and confirm with OK.
The license is displayed in the list (5).
Activating the licensed software option

The licensed software options must be activated as follows before they become
available:
1. Select the corresponding license from the list (5).
2. Touch the Activate button (2) and confirm.
3. After activating all desired licenses, restart the device.
Configuration
11.6 Overview of configurable screen contents

Waveforms and parameter fields are selected in the Quick setup dialog, see
page 109.
11.6.1 Waveforms and associated parameter fields

etCO2
CO2
36158
CO2 in/et
CO2
36156
CO2 in/et, RR
CO2
36157
Paw
Paw
36162
Paw (3)
Volume-controlled modes:
Parameters PIP, Pplat, PEEP
All other modes:
Parameters PIP, Pmean, PEEP
Paw
36163
Paw (4)
Parameters PIP, Pplat, Pmean, PEEP:
Paw
36164
Volume MV, VT, RR

Volume
36165
Volume MV, VT
Volume
36214
Configuration
Volume VT, MV, RR

Volume
36166
Volume VT, MV
Volume
36216
O2
O2
36160
O2, ∆
O2
36161
Primary agent
Iso
36155
"Empty"
36159
Configuration
11.6.2 Parameter fields

etCO2 CO2 in/et CO2 in/et, RR
CO2 CO2 CO2

et et in et in
RR
Paw Paw (3) Paw (4)
Paw Paw Paw

PIP Pmean PIP Pplat
PIP
PEEP Pmean PEEP
Volume-controlled modes:
Parameters PIP, Pplat,
PEEP
All other modes:
Parameters PIP, Pmean,
PEEP
MVmand, spon MV, VT, RR MV, VT
MV Volume Volume
Mand Spon MV VT MV VT
RR
VT, MV, RR VT, MV O2
Volume Volume O2
VT MV VT MV in
RR
O2, ∆ Primary agent RR
O2 Iso RR
in ∆ in et
Econometer Low-flow wizard Gases in/et
Econometer Required FG flow Gases in/et

in et
O2
Deficit Efficient Surplus
N2O
Total flow
Efficient Iso
Configuration
Gas supply Volumeter Stopwatch
Gas supply Volumeter Stopwatch

Start Start
O2 Air N2O VT
Volume
Timer ∆VT Compliance trend
Timer ∆VT VTi Cdyn PEEP

VT
Paw
Set Start
MV×CO2 trend O2 uptake trend Econometer trend
MV×CO2 O2 uptake Econometer trend
Compliance
Compliance
Cdyn mean
PV loop
42195
Volume
Paw
Configuration
Flow tubes (electronically controlled gas mixer with econometer)
36178
Surplus
Efficient
Deficit
O2 N2O Econometer
Flow tubes (mechanically controlled gas mixer)
42191
O2 Air N2O
Configuration
When the PV loop parameter field is displayed, the flow tubes will be displayed at
reduced size:
42192
O2 Air N2O
Troubleshooting
12 Troubleshooting
12.1 Leakage
Leakage may result in the system not being operational or being ready for operation
with limitations only.
12.1.1 Possible causes of leakage

– The CO2 absorber or the CLIC adapter is not securely screwed to the breathing
system.
– The APL valve is not correctly fitted to the breathing system or is not set to
30 hPa (cmH2O).
– The breathing bag, the breathing hoses, the Y-piece, or the bacteria filter is
incorrectly fitted or damaged.
– The breathing bag arm (option) is incorrectly fitted to the breathing system. The
sealing ring is soiled or damaged.
– The O-ring on the inspiratory port or expiratory port is damaged, soiled, or
missing.
– The flow sensors are incorrectly installed or damaged. The rear O-ring is
missing.
– The upper part of the breathing system is incorrectly fitted or damaged.
– The breathing system is not locked.
– The valves or seals of the breathing system are damaged.
– The sensor port for the O2 sensor is not sealed with the sealing cap.
– The circuit plug is scratched or damaged.
– The filling or emptying connections on the vaporizer are leaking or are open.
The vaporizer is incorrectly fitted. The O-ring is missing or damaged. The control
dial is not set to the 0 position.
On devices with inspiratory O2 measurement:
– The O2 sensor is not correctly fitted in the breathing system.
– The O2 sensor cell has not been correctly inserted in the sensor.
On devices with integrated patient-gas measurement module:
– The water trap is not connected.
– The sample line is not connected, is kinked, or is leaking.
– The connections for the sample line are damaged.
Troubleshooting
12.1.2 Systematic localization of leakage

To find causes for leakage, isolate individual components from the leakage test.
Component Measure
Sample line Remove the sample line and seal the Luer-Lock connector
on the Y-piece.
Breathing hoses Disconnect the breathing hoses. Connect the inspiratory
port and expiratory port with a hose that is known to be with-
out leakage. Connect the breathing bag directly to the
breathing system.
Vaporizers Remove the vaporizers.
O2 sensor Remove the O2 sensor. Seal the sensor port with the sealing
cap.

2. Contact service personnel if the leakage cannot be localized.
12.1.3 Automatic leakage compensation

The device is able to compensate for small leakage.
– The pressure is held constant at the PEEP level.
– With pressure-controlled ventilation, the pressure is regulated according to the
set pressure. Small leakage is compensated by the piston drive.
12.2 Power supply failure

12.2.1 Mains power supply failure
If mains power supply fails, the device automatically switches to the internal battery.
A fully charged battery will maintain operation for at least 45 minutes. For further
information see: "Technical data", page 267.
Remaining battery charge is displayed on the status display.
The breathing system warmer is deactivated during battery operation. The peak
inspiratory flow may be limited to 75 L/minute.
12.2.2 Mains power supply failure and battery discharged

If mains power supply fails and the battery is discharged, a signal tone is emitted.
Manual ventilation and spontaneous breathing are still available. O2 and anesthetic
agent can still be delivered using the emergency O2 delivery (with electronically
controlled gas mixer) or the flow control valves (with mechanically controlled gas
mixer) and the vaporizers.
The following components and functions are not available:
– Ventilator
– Electronically controlled gas mixer
– Device monitoring and patient monitoring
Troubleshooting
WARNING
If all power sources fail, the screen goes dark and mechanical ventilation ends.
► Ventilate the patient manually.
Further procedures:
2. Electronically controlled gas mixer:
Use emergency O2 delivery, see page 37
Close the flow control valves for Air and N2O. Use only O2 as fresh gas.
3. Electronically controlled gas mixer:
Monitor the O2 flow with the O2 flowmeter.
Monitor the O2 flow on the total flow tube.
5. Ensure corresponding substitute monitoring.
12.2.3 After power supply is restored

1. Restart the device, see page 86.
2. Charge the discharged battery for at least 8 hours.
3. Check the displays for mains power supply and battery on the status display.
12.3 Failure of the gas supply

A failure of the central supply can result in simultaneous device malfunctions on all
systems connected to it.
The device generates alarms if the gas supply for the gases O2, Air, or N2O fail.
The alarm for N2O is only generated if N2O is configured accordingly.
► Open the corresponding gas cylinder valve.

► Re-establish the central supply.
The following applies only for the electronically controlled gas mixer:
If the central supply for a gas fails and there is no sufficiently filled gas cylinder
connected (see "Gas mixing unit", page 29), the device automatically uses a
substitute gas:
Failed gas Substitute gas

O2 100 % Air
N 2O 100 % O2
Air 100 % O2
The level of the fresh-gas flow is maintained.
Troubleshooting
12.3.1 Failure of one gas

Operation of fresh-gas delivery is still possible when supply of one gas fails. If, e.g.,
N2O fails, proceed as follows:
► Switch to Air or O2 as the carrier gas.
► Open the appropriate flow control valve for the substitute gas.
12.3.2 Replacing an empty gas cylinder

1. Close the valve of the empty gas cylinder.
2. Completely use up or completely release any gas remaining in the pressure
reducer and in the hose between the device and the gas cylinder.
If there is no patient connected, venting can be performed as follows:
– Disconnect the central O2 supply.
– Open the flow control valve of the O2 flowmeter. Wait until gas is no longer
flowing.
– Close the flow control valve of the O2 flowmeter again.
3. Unscrew the pressure reducer from the gas cylinder valve.
4. Replace the gas cylinder with a full gas cylinder.
5. Connect the pressure reducer to the new filled gas cylinder, see page 60.
6. Open the valve of the filled gas cylinder slowly.
12.3.3 Complete failure of the gas supply
WARNING
Risk of patient recovering consciousness
If the gas supply fails completely, further operation takes place through gas supply
of the anesthesia machine with ambient air. The ventilation continues with the
ambient air, however no more anesthetic agent or additional oxygen is delivered.
The inspiratory anesthetic gas concentration and the inspiratory oxygen
concentration in the breathing gas fall.
► Monitor the gas mixture carefully and use intravenous anesthetic agents if
necessary.
If the central O2 supply and the central Air supply fail at the same time and no gas
cylinders are connected, the patient can nevertheless be mechanically ventilated.
This is possible because the piston ventilator does not require a drive gas.
1. CAUTION
Risk of increased anesthetic gas concentrations in the ambient air
If the breathing bag is not connected, expiratory anesthetic gases may escape
from the breathing system.
► Ensure adequate circulation of the ambient air.
Remove the breathing bag.
2. Continue the mechanical ventilation.
Troubleshooting
When the breathing bag is removed, the missing fresh-gas volume will
automatically be filled by ambient air. Nevertheless, the Fresh gas low or leakage
alarm is likely to be triggered.
12.3.4 After the central supply is restored

1. Connect the compressed gas hoses to the terminal units.
2. Close the gas cylinder valve on the corresponding gas cylinder again.
On devices that are equipped with Advanced Cylinder Support, the gas cylinder
valves can remain open.
12.4 Failure of fresh-gas delivery (electronically controlled

gas mixture)
If the fresh-gas delivery has failed, the emergency O2 delivery can be used to
deliver oxygen and anesthetic agent. The current ventilation mode and the fresh-
gas deficiency detection remain active.
36243
Internal FG flow failure
In the event of a fault, illustrations and instructions showing how to start the
emergency O2 delivery are displayed in areas (1) and (2).
The emergency O2 delivery is started as follows:
WARNING
If the gas mixer fails, no fresh gas is delivered.
► Check the vaporizer setting.
► Supply the patient with O2.
► Use the emergency O2 delivery.
1. Set the O2 switch upwards to the Add. O2 position. (Follow the illustration on the
screen.)
The Internal FG flow failure alarm will then be automatically downgraded.
2. Open the flow control valve on the O2 flowmeter. Set the desired flow. This O2
flow flows through the vaporizer.
Troubleshooting

4. Continuously monitor the O2 flow of the emergency delivery.
Take the following measures if necessary:
► Perform the ventilation with ambient air. For further information see: "Complete
failure of the gas supply", page 193.
► Ventilate the patient with the manual resuscitator.
12.5 Failure of the piston ventilator

If the ventilator fails, only manual ventilation or spontaneous breathing remain
possible. No other ventilation modes can be selected. The fresh-gas delivery
remains ready for operation.
1. Switch to the Man/Spon ventilation mode.
12.6 Failure of the O2 sensor

If the O2 measurement not available alarm is displayed, the O2 measurement has
failed.
1. WARNING
Risk due to faulty O2 sensor
If the O2 measurement fails, it will no longer be possible to monitor the patient
adequately.
► Make sure that substitute O2 monitoring conforming to the general safety
requirements is available.
Perform a system test and calibrate the O2 sensor.
2. If the calibration fails and the O2 sensor failure alarm is displayed, refer to the
following table:
Cause Remedy
During the calibration, the sensor was During calibration:
exposed to a gas mixture with a fluctu- – Remove the sensor from the breath-
ating O2 concentration. ing system and place it on the work
The O2 sensor was not correctly surface.
placed.
– Do not fill vaporizers during the cali-
The O2 sensor was placed close to
bration.
mobile radio equipment or similar
sources. – Close the additional O2 flow delivery
for the fresh gas mixer.
– Do not blow into the sensor.
– Do not use any disinfectants.
– Close off other gas sources in the
vicinity of the sensor.
Troubleshooting
Cause Remedy
The O2 sensor cell is not present or is Check the O2 sensor cell:
not plugged in correctly. – Insert the sensor cell if it is not pres-
ent.
– Check that the sensor cell is cor-
rectly seated.
– Calibrate the sensor cell again.
An initialization phase of up to 30
minutes is required after a new O2
sensor cell is inserted. Only then is
O2 measurement and calibration
possible once more.
The O2 sensor cell is faulty or is expir- Replace the O2 sensor cell.

ing.
12.6.1 Failure of the integrated patient-gas measurement module

(PGM)
► WARNING
Risk due to gas measurement failure
If the gas measurement fails, the patient can no longer be adequately
monitored.
► Check the sample line and the water trap for damage or blockages. Pay
attention to the replacement intervals.
► Replace the patient-gas measurement module.
► Ensure corresponding substitute monitoring.
Arrange for appropriate substitute monitoring conforming to ISO 80601-2-55.
12.6.2 Replacing the patient-gas measurement module (PGM)

Contact service personnel to replace the PGM.
Prerequisite:
– There is no patient connected.
– The device is switched off.
– The device is disconnected from the power supply. To do this, disconnect the
power plug.
– The water trap has been removed.
1. WARNING
Incorrect gas measurement
Faulty or non-functional PGMs can cause incorrect gas measurements. As a
result, the patient could be put at risk.
► Have the PGM replaced by service personnel.
Troubleshooting
At the left-hand side of the device, take hold of the cover (1) at the top and
bottom and pull it off directly to the front.
40886
2. On the underside, remove the water trap (2) and the RFID antenna, if present.
To do this, gently press the side surfaces (3) of the RFID antenna together. Pull
the RFID antenna off downwards and leave it on the device.
Do not pull on the antenna cable. Do not kink the antenna cable.
40837
3. Remove the 2 screws and the fixing plate (4).

4. Withdraw the patient-gas measurement module from the compartment.
5. Fit a new patient-gas measurement module. Proceed in reverse order to do this.
6. Insert a new water trap.
8. Perform a software download for the new PGM if required.
9. Perform a system test.
Troubleshooting
12.7 Flow measurement failure

If the flow measurement fails, mechanical ventilation can still continue. There may
be limitations with regard to displayed measured values, measurement accuracies,
and when triggering mandatory breaths. The flow sensors can be replaced as soon
as the device is in standby mode.
1. Remove the flow sensors, see page 239. Insert new flow sensors, see
page 253.
12.8 Screen fault or failure of the graphical user interface

The screen does not respond to operation. It has failed or the screen display is
faulty.
1. Activate the backup manual switch, see page 38.
2. Use the emergency O2 delivery, see page 37.
5. Ensure appropriate substitute monitoring.
12.9 Complete failure

The device no longer responds to user operation.
WARNING
Risk of device malfunction
If the breathing bag does not fill with fresh gas, the patient cannot be sufficiently
ventilated.
► Check the oxygen supply. If necessary, open the gas cylinder valves.
► If fresh gas still is not delivered or manual ventilation is not possible, close the
flow control valve of the O2 flowmeter.
► Disconnect the patient from the device. Use a substitute device.
1. Activate the backup manual switch (see "Backup manual mode", page 38).
2. Follow the instructions on the product label.
3. If no ventilation of the patient is possible, use a manual resuscitator. Use a
substitute device.
Troubleshooting
12.10 Problems with the active anesthetic gas receiving

system (AGS)
Fault Cause Remedy
Flow indicator is below the The suction power of the Have the function of the
restricted range. ejector in the terminal unit AGSS terminal unit
of the anesthetic gas checked. Follow the corre-
scavenging system sponding instructions for
(AGSS) is insufficient. use.
The particle filter is con- Replace the particle filter.
taminated or blocked.
The flow indicator is above The suction power of the Have the suction power of
the normal range. ejector in the AGSS termi- the ejector in the AGSS
nal unit is too high. terminal unit adjusted to
the working range of the
AGS.
The particle filter is miss- If no soiling can be seen in
ing. the transparent housing of
the AGS or on the flow
indicator, insert the parti-
cle filter.
If soiling can be seen in
the transparent housing of
the AGS or on the flow
indicator, replace the
AGS.
12.10.1 Replacing the particle filter of the active anesthetic gas receiving
system (AGS)
1. Fold down the cover (1).
38127
2. Withdraw the particle filter (2).

3. Insert the cleaned or new particle filter.
Troubleshooting
4. CAUTION
Risk of contaminating the ambient air
A filter cover that is not properly closed can cause contamination of the ambient
air with anesthetic gases.
► Take care that the cover is properly closed.
Fold up the cover.
12.10.2 Replacing the anesthetic gas receiving system (AGS)

This chapter describes the replacement using the example of an active AGS which
is connected to the device with the transfer hose and to the anesthetic gas
scavenging system with the scavenging hose.
Disassembly
1. Disconnect the transfer hose (1).
38134
2. Disconnect the scavenging hose (2).
3. Unfasten the 2 screws (3).
4. Withdraw the AGS to the side.
5. Dispose of the AGS.
The AGS must not be reprocessed.
Assembly
1. Slide in the new AGS.
2. Fasten the AGS with 2 screws.
3. Connect the scavenging hose.
4. Connect the transfer hose.
Troubleshooting
12.11 Cylinder pressure reducer

Fault Cause Remedy
The connection between The sealing ring is dam- Replace the sealing ring.
the gas cylinder and the aged.
pressure reducer leaks.
The outlet pressure rises, The valve seat is soiled or Close the gas cylinder
the release valve relieves damaged. valve. Have the item
the outlet of the pressure repaired by service per-
reducer. sonnel.
Leakage in the housing The diaphragm is faulty. Have the item repaired by
area service personnel.
12.12 Support request

If the device is configured for remote maintenance, device information can be sent
to Dräger in the event of a problem. Proceed as follows to send a support request to
Dräger:
1. In the Standby mode, touch the Tests... button.
2. Touch the Request support button.
12.13 Alarm – Cause – Remedy

Alarm messages are displayed in hierarchal form in the alarm message field of the
header bar, see page 154.
The priority of the alarm messages is indicated by different background colors.
In the Current alarms and Logbook tables, the priority of the alarm messages is
also indicated by exclamation marks.
Alarm priority Label Priority number Background color

High !!! 0 - 255 Red
Medium !! 0 - 255 Yellow
Low ! 0 - 255 Cyan
In order to classify alarms having the same alarm priority, internal priority numbers
are given in the table below. The most critical alarm within an alarm priority is given
the number 255.
The following table lists the alarm messages in alphabetical order. If an alarm
occurs, the table helps to quickly identify causes and remedies. The possible
causes and remedial measures should be looked through in the order they are
listed until the alarm is resolved.
Some alarms are listed several times because their priority may change under
certain conditions, see page 160.
Some alarms only occur if the corresponding option is installed.
Troubleshooting
Priority Alarm Cause Remedy

! 100 Absorber disconnected? Infinity ID CLIC absorber is Check absorber.
not correctly connected. Use "ALARM RESET" to
acknowledge alarm.
!! 100 "Add. O2" activated O2 switch is set to "Add. O2". Close the flow control valve
of the O2 flowmeter. Set the
O2 switch to "Aux. O2".
Use "ALARM RESET" to
downgrade alarm priority.
! 255 Agent measurement failed There is electromagnetic Check for electromagnetic
interference. radiation in the vicinity.
There is an internal failure. Use an alternative gas mea-
surement system.
If the problem persists, call
Dräger.
! 255 Agent measurement not The ambient air used for cali- Position the device in an
available brating the sensor was environment with clean ambi-
impure. ent air.
Wait for the automatic cali-
bration.
There are multiple anesthetic Wait until anesthetic agent
agents in the breathing gas. identification is complete.
There is electromagnetic Check for electromagnetic
Ambient temperature is too Check ambient conditions.
high.
! 255 Agent measurement tem- The sensor has not yet Wait for the automatic cali-
porarily inaccurate warmed up. bration.
The ambient air used for cali- Position the device in an
brating the sensor was environment with clean ambi-
impure. ent air.
bration.
! 220 Air cylinder almost empty The cylinder is almost empty. Replace the cylinder. Use the
central supply.
! 255 Air cylinder empty The cylinder is empty or Replace the cylinder. Use the
closed. central supply.
! 190 Air cylinder sensor? Cylinder pressure sensor is Check if cylinder pressure
not connected. sensor is connected.
acknowledge alarm.
!! 150 Air FG flow measurement The measurement system for Only use O2 as fresh gas.
failed the Air fresh-gas flow has Use the total flow tube to
failed. check the fresh-gas flow.
Adjust the fresh-gas flow so
that it equals or exceeds the
minute volume.
Troubleshooting

!!! 110 Air supply low Central supply pressure and Check central Air supply or
cylinder pressure are low. use cylinder.
!!! 255 Airway press. continu- Airway pressure has been Check spontaneous breath-
ously high continuously high. ing ability of the patient.
Check ventilation settings.
Check breathing hoses,
breathing system, and anes-
thetic gas scavenging sys-
tem.
In Man/Spon mode, check
the APL valve setting.
Check lower alarm limit for
airway pressure.
!!! 255 Airway pressure high The upper alarm limit for the Check patient condition.
airway pressure has been Check ventilation settings.
exceeded. The applied inspi- Check alarm limit.
ratory pressure is higher than
the set value.
Breathing hoses are blocked Check breathing circuit and
or the tube is kinked. tube.
!!! 255 Airway pressure negative Fresh-gas flow is insuffi- Check fresh-gas settings and
cient, breathing bag is position of breathing bag.
blocked or positioned incor-
rectly.
Suction maneuver during Check the bronchial suction
ventilation. system.
Failure of the anesthetic gas Check anesthetic gas scav-
scavenging system. enging system.
!! 90 Airway pressure not Fresh-gas flow is insuffi- Check fresh-gas settings and
achieved cient, breathing bag is position of breathing bag.
rectly.
Leakage or disconnection. Check the breathing circuit
for tight connections and
leakages.
! 100 Alarm silence key stuck Key is stuck or was pressed The therapy will continue with
for more than 10 seconds. current settings.
Dräger.
!!! 220 Apnea No breathing or ventilation. Start manual ventilation!
Check spontaneous breath-
ing ability of the patient.
Troubleshooting

!! 255 Apnea No breathing or ventilation. Start manual ventilation!
!!! 220 Apnea (no CO2) No breathing or ventilation. Start manual ventilation!
Sample line is not con- Connect sample line to
nected. breathing circuit.
!! 255 Apnea (no CO2) No breathing or ventilation. Start manual ventilation!
Sample line is not con- Connect sample line to
nected. breathing circuit.
!!! 220 Apnea (no flow) No breathing or ventilation. Start manual ventilation!
Fresh-gas flow is insuffi- Check fresh-gas settings and
rectly.
The breathing hoses are Check breathing circuit and
blocked or leaking. tube.
!! 255 Apnea (no flow) No breathing or ventilation. Start manual ventilation!
rectly.
!!! 220 Apnea (no pressure) No breathing or ventilation. Start manual ventilation!
rectly.
Troubleshooting

!! 255 Apnea (no pressure) No breathing or ventilation. Start manual ventilation!
rectly.
!! 90 Apnea Ventilation No inspiratory effort of the
patient detected. ing ability of the patient.
Adjust the setting for "Trig-
ger".
Change to pressure-con-
trolled or volume-controlled
ventilation mode.
! 0 Apnea Ventilation No inspiratory effort of the Check spontaneous breath-
patient detected. ing ability of the patient.
Adjust the setting for "Trig-
ger".
Change to pressure-con-
trolled or volume-controlled
ventilation mode.
!!! 100 Backup manual mode acti- The backup manual switch Start manual ventilation!
vated has been activated. Check vaporizer and fresh-
gas settings.
To exit backup manual mode,
return the switch to its normal
position.
! 100 Backup manual mode acti- The backup manual switch Start manual ventilation!
vated has been activated. Check vaporizer and fresh-
gas settings.
To exit backup manual mode,
return the switch to its normal
position.
!! 100 Backup speaker failure The backup speaker for Call Dräger.
alarm tones is faulty. Use "ALARM RESET" to
acknowledge alarm.
! 180 Battery charge low The battery charge is low Restore mains power supply.
and the mains power supply The breathing system
is not available. warmer has been switched
off. Check the breathing cir-
cuit for condensate. Increase
the fresh-gas flow if neces-
sary.
Troubleshooting

!! 30 Battery charge very low The battery charge is critical Make sure that the mains
and the mains power supply power supply is correctly
is not available. The device connected.
will shut down in the next 5 The breathing system
minutes. warmer has been switched
off. Check the breathing cir-
cuit for condensate. Increase
the fresh-gas flow if neces-
sary.
Once the battery has been
depleted, ventilate the patient
manually.
!! 170 Battery failure The battery is faulty. If the Call Dräger.
mains power supply fails, the
device will switch off immedi-
ately.
! 100 Battery temperature high The battery temperature is Ensure that the system is
high. Charging of the battery connected to the mains
has been suspended to pro- power supply.
tect it from damage. Check the ambient tempera-
ture.
! 100 Breathing circuit expired Accessory has been used Replace the accessory if nec-
too long. essary.
acknowledge alarm.
!!! 120 Breathing system failure The breathing system is not Check patient condition.
correctly assembled or Check the breathing system.
installed. Verify that the sensor port for
the O2 sensor is sealed.
Check if the piston dia-
phragm is correctly inserted.
If the problem persists,
replace the breathing sys-
tem.
The breathing system is Replace the breathing sys-
faulty. tem.
If ventilation is impaired, use
a manual resuscitator.
Troubleshooting

!! 255 Breathing system failure The breathing system is not Check patient condition.
correctly assembled or Check the breathing system.
installed. Verify that the sensor port for
the O2 sensor is sealed.
Check if the piston dia-
phragm is correctly inserted.
If the problem persists,
replace the breathing sys-
tem.
The breathing system is Replace the breathing sys-
faulty. tem.
If ventilation is impaired, use
!!! 255 Breathing system temp. The breathing system Check the inspiratory breath-
high? warmer is faulty. ing gas temperature as close
to the Y-piece as possible.
Remove breathing system
cover.
Use longer inspiratory hose.
Open the system setup and
turn off the breathing system
warmer.
If necessary, proceed as fol-
lows: -Turn off the device
with the main switch, then
ventilate the patient with the
breathing bag. Or -Discon-
nect the patient, then use a
manual resuscitator.
! 100 Breathing system warmer The breathing system Check breathing circuit for
failure warmer is faulty. condensation. Increase
fresh-gas flow if necessary.
Call Dräger.
!! 100 Cardiac bypass mode still A significant minute volume Deactivate the cardiac
active? was measured during car- bypass mode.
diac bypass mode. Use "ALARM RESET" to
! 100 Central Air supply high The central supply pressure Check central supply.
is high. The gas delivery
might fail.
! 255 Central Air supply low Central supply pressure is Check central supply.
low.
! 100 Central N2O supply high The central supply pressure Check central supply.
might fail.
! 255 Central N2O supply low Central supply pressure is Check central supply.
low.
Troubleshooting

! 100 Central O2 supply high The central supply pressure Check central supply.
might fail.
!!! 210 Central O2 supply low Central supply pressure is Check central O2 supply or
low. use cylinder.
! 255 Central O2 supply low Central supply pressure is Check central supply.
low.
! 100 CO2 absorber expired Accessory has been used Replace the accessory if nec-
too long. essary.
acknowledge alarm.
! 255 CO2 measurement failed There is electromagnetic Check for electromagnetic
surement system.
Dräger.
! 255 CO2 sensor accuracy low The sensor has not yet Wait for the automatic cali-
warmed up. bration.
impure. ent air.
! 0 Communication failure The network connection Re-establish the connection.
could not be established. Use "ALARM RESET" to
acknowledge alarm.
Check the connections
from/to Connectivity Con-
verter CC300.
A network certificate has Call Dräger.
expired or Connectivity Con-
verter CC300 is faulty.
In the network, there is Check the integrated system
another anesthesia machine ID.
with the same integrated sys-
tem ID.
!! 135 Cooling fan failure An internal fan for evacuating To prevent potential dam-
gases is faulty. age, turn off the device at
your earliest convenience.
Increased risk of fire.
Call Dräger.
Troubleshooting

!! 150 Emergency air inlet acti- There was not enough gas to Refill the breathing bag, e.g.,
vated ventilate the patient. To main- with O2 flush.
tain a minimum ventilation, Increase fresh-gas flow.
the device has started to use Check the breathing circuit
ambient air. for tight connections and
leakages.
An external anesthetic gas Disconnect the sample line.
monitor is extracting gas Seal the sample line port.
from the breathing system
via a sample line.
!! 135 etCO2 high etCO2 has exceeded the Check ventilation.
upper alarm limit.
!! 135 etCO2 low etCO2 is below the lower Check ventilation.
alarm limit.
!! 100 Exp. pressure sensor fail- Sensor calibration failed. Ensure that a suitable substi-
ure tute monitoring is available.
Perform the system test.
Dräger.
! 100 Expiratory flow sensor Accessory has been used Replace the accessory if nec-
expired too long. essary.
acknowledge alarm.
! 255 Expiratory flow sensor The sensor is not calibrated. Perform the leakage test.
failure The breathing system has
been replaced or discon-
nected since last calibration.
Failure of the flow sensor. Replace the flow sensor and
perform a leakage test.
!!! 200 External fresh-gas outlet The internal fresh-gas valve Use "O2+" button to deter-
failure? is faulty. It is unclear whether mine flow direction of fresh
the fresh gas is being fed into gas: -If internal breathing
the internal breathing sys- system or breathing bag fill,
tem or towards the external external fresh-gas outlet is
fresh-gas outlet. not available. -If gas flows
out of the external fresh-gas
outlet, external fresh-gas out-
let can be used. Internal
breathing system can only be
used when the breathing bag
is not connected (ventilation
with ambient air only).
Check fresh-gas settings.
Dräger.
Troubleshooting

! 100 External fresh-gas outlet The external fresh-gas outlet Ventilate the patient via the
not available is faulty. internal breathing system.
Dräger.
!! 10 FiO2 high FiO2 has exceeded the Check O2 concentration and
upper alarm limit for 2 con- fresh-gas settings.
secutive breaths and for
more than 15 seconds.
!! 10 FiO2 high FiO2 has exceeded the Check O2 concentration and
upper alarm limit. fresh-gas settings.
!!! 255 FiO2 low FiO2 has fallen below the Check O2 concentration and
lower alarm limit for 2 con- fresh-gas settings.
secutive breaths and for Check the breathing system
more than 15 seconds. for high leakage.
Check O2 supply.
!!! 255 FiO2 low FiO2 has fallen below the Check O2 concentration and
lower alarm limit. fresh-gas settings.
Check the breathing system
for high leakage.
Check O2 supply.
!! 135 FiO2 too high for neonates FiO2 has exceeded the Check O2 concentration and
threshold value for longer fresh-gas settings.
than the time configured in Use "ALARM RESET" to
the system setup. acknowledge alarm.
!! 30 Flow control valve is open At least one flow control Close all flow control valves.
valve is open.
! 80 Flow sensor calibration The flow sensor calibration is Perform the leakage test.
required invalid.
!!! 100 Fresh gas low or leakage Fresh-gas flow is insuffi- Refill the breathing system
cient, breathing bag is immediately, e.g., with O2
blocked or positioned incor- flush.
rectly. Check fresh-gas settings and
position of breathing bag.
leakages.
Check tube or mask.
!! 155 Fresh gas low or leakage Fresh-gas flow is insuffi- Check fresh-gas settings and
rectly.
leakages.
Check tube or mask.
Troubleshooting

!! 100 Fresh-gas flow high The total fresh-gas flow is Reduce fresh-gas flow.
greater than 15 L/min.
!! 60 Fresh-gas flow inaccurate The delivered fresh-gas flow Make sure that sufficient
differs from the set fresh-gas fresh-gas and anesthetic
flow. agent are delivered.
Check the measured gas
concentrations.
!! 50 Fresh-gas flow inaccurate The accuracy of the fresh- Use the total flow tube to ver-
gas flow measurement is ify the current fresh-gas flow.
reduced. Check the measured gas
concentrations.
Dräger.
!! 255 Gas sensor failure The patient-gas measure- Use an alternative gas mea-
ment module has failed. surement system.
Call Dräger.
!! 255 Hose connected to wrong A breathing hose is not cor- Connect breathing hoses
port rectly connected. correctly.
!! 100 Hose does not fit to pat. The detected breathing hose Use compatible accessory.
category is not suitable for the Use "ALARM RESET" to
selected patient category. acknowledge alarm.
! 100 Hose does not fit to pat. The detected breathing hose Use compatible accessory.
category is not suitable for the Use "ALARM RESET" to
selected patient category. acknowledge alarm.
!! 150 inCO2 high Soda lime is depleted. Check soda lime.
Increase fresh-gas flow.
There is leakage in the Replace the breathing sys-
breathing system or in the tem or the coaxial breathing
coaxial breathing hose. hose.
Gas measurement is inaccu- Adjust alarm limits if neces-
rate due to high respiratory sary.
rate.
Large dead space. Check the ventilation settings
and the breathing circuit.
! 100 Infinity ID breathing circuit An incompatible accessory is Check accessory.
not compatible connected. Use "ALARM RESET" to
acknowledge alarm.
Troubleshooting

! 100 Infinity ID CO2 absorber An incompatible accessory is Check accessory.
not compatible connected. Use "ALARM RESET" to
acknowledge alarm.
! 100 Infinity ID water trap not An incompatible accessory is Check accessory.
compatible connected. Use "ALARM RESET" to
acknowledge alarm.
!!! 255 Inspiratory desflurane high Inspiratory anesthetic gas Check vaporizer and fresh-
concentration has exceeded gas settings.
the upper alarm limit.
!! 255 Inspiratory desflurane high Inspiratory anesthetic gas Check vaporizer and fresh-
! 255 Inspiratory desflurane low The inspiratory anesthetic Check vaporizer and fresh-
gas concentration is below gas settings.
the lower alarm limit. Refill the vaporizer.
for high leakage.
The soda lime has dried out. Replace the soda lime.
!!! 255 Inspiratory enflurane high Inspiratory anesthetic gas Check vaporizer and fresh-
!! 255 Inspiratory enflurane high Inspiratory anesthetic gas Check vaporizer and fresh-
! 255 Inspiratory enflurane low The inspiratory anesthetic Check vaporizer and fresh-
for high leakage.
! 100 Inspiratory flow sensor Accessory has been used Replace the accessory if nec-
expired too long. essary.
acknowledge alarm.
! 255 Inspiratory flow sensor The sensor is not calibrated. Perform the leakage test.
failure The breathing system has
been replaced or discon-
nected since last calibration.
Failure of the flow sensor. Replace the flow sensor and
perform a leakage test.
!!! 255 Inspiratory halothane high Inspiratory anesthetic gas Check vaporizer and fresh-
!! 255 Inspiratory halothane high Inspiratory anesthetic gas Check vaporizer and fresh-
Troubleshooting

! 255 Inspiratory halothane low The inspiratory anesthetic Check vaporizer and fresh-
for high leakage.
!!! 255 Inspiratory isoflurane high Inspiratory anesthetic gas Check vaporizer and fresh-
!! 255 Inspiratory isoflurane high Inspiratory anesthetic gas Check vaporizer and fresh-
! 255 Inspiratory isoflurane low The inspiratory anesthetic Check vaporizer and fresh-
for high leakage.
!! 10 Inspiratory N2O high Inspiratory N2O exceeds 82 Check fresh-gas composi-
%. tion.
Press the O2+ button to flush
the breathing system.
! 255 Inspiratory O2 measure- The O2 measurement accu- Perform the system test.
ment temporarily inaccu- racy is currently reduced.
rate
!!! 255 Inspiratory sevoflurane Inspiratory anesthetic gas Check vaporizer and fresh-
high concentration has exceeded gas settings.
!! 255 Inspiratory sevoflurane Inspiratory anesthetic gas Check vaporizer and fresh-
high concentration has exceeded gas settings.
! 255 Inspiratory sevoflurane low The inspiratory anesthetic Check vaporizer and fresh-
for high leakage.
!!! 255 Inspiratory xMAC high The inspiratory anesthetic Check vaporizer and fresh-
gas concentration has gas settings.
exceeded 3 xMAC for more
than 30 seconds. The expira-
tory anesthetic gas concen-
tration has exceeded 2.5
xMAC for more than 30 sec-
onds.
The inspiratory anesthetic Check vaporizer and fresh-
exceeded 5 xMAC.
Troubleshooting

!! 255 Inspiratory xMAC high The inspiratory anesthetic Check vaporizer and fresh-
exceeded 3 xMAC for more
than 180 seconds.
!! 100 Internal device tempera- A ventilation slot at the rear Check the ventilation slots.
ture high of the device is blocked. Ensure air flow at the rear of
the device.
high.
A fan is faulty. Call Dräger.
Excessive ventilation set- Check ventilation settings.
tings are applied (e.g., high
respiratory rate, high inspira-
tory pressure, short slopes).
! 255 Internal device tempera- A ventilation slot at the rear Check the ventilation slots.
ture high of the device is blocked. Ensure air flow at the rear of
the device.
high.
Excessive ventilation set- Check ventilation settings.
tings are applied (e.g., high
respiratory rate, high inspira-
tory pressure, short slopes).
A fan is faulty. Call Dräger.
!!! 150 Internal FG flow failure The internal gas delivery sys- Deliver O2: 1. Set the O2
tem is not operational. A sys- switch to "Add. O2". 2. Set
tem test may be able to the O2 flowmeter to the
resolve the issue. desired flow. Check the
vaporizer setting. Make sure
that fresh gas is reaching the
patient.
When the case has been
completed, perform a sys-
tem test.
Dräger.
! 150 Internal FG flow failure The internal gas delivery sys- Set the O2 flowmeter to the
tem is not operational. A sys- desired flow. Check the
tem test may be able to vaporizer setting. Make sure
resolve the issue. that fresh gas is reaching the
patient.
tem test.
Dräger.
! 60 License expired A license has expired. After To order a permanent
next startup, some functions license, call Dräger.
will no longer be available.
Troubleshooting

! 50 License will expire soon A trial license will expire Use "ALARM RESET" to
within the next 14 days. acknowledge alarm.
To order a permanent
license, call Dräger.
!!! 0 Loss of data An internal memory failure Check current settings and
has occurred. System data default settings.
and system settings are lost. Call Dräger.
! 50 Maintenance will be due Maintenance will be due Call Dräger.
soon within the next 30 days. Use "ALARM RESET" to
acknowledge alarm.
! 255 Measured gas concentra- The measured values are out Check patient condition.
tions out of range of the measurement range. Check the vaporizer setting
and the fresh-gas settings.
Use an alternative gas mea-
surement system.
! 255 Measured gas concentra- The sensor has not yet Wait for the automatic cali-
tions temporarily inaccu- warmed up. bration.
rate The ambient air used for cali- Position the device in an
impure. ent air.
bration.
! 0 MEDIBUS COM 1 failure Communication via the cor- Re-establish the connection.
responding COM port is Use "ALARM RESET" to
interrupted. acknowledge alarm.
The configured baud rate is Increase the baud rate.
not sufficient for the amount Check the configuration of
of data to be transferred. the external device.
! 0 MEDIBUS COM 2 failure Communication via the cor- Re-establish the connection.
responding COM port is Use "ALARM RESET" to
interrupted. acknowledge alarm.
The configured baud rate is Increase the baud rate.
not sufficient for the amount Check the configuration of
of data to be transferred. the external device.
!! 30 Minute volume high Upper alarm limit for the min- Check spontaneous breath-
ute volume has been ing.
exceeded. Check ventilation settings
(e.g., VT, Pinsp, RR).
In PSV mode, correct the
trigger threshold if necessary.
Check alarm limit.
Flow measurement is inaccu- Replace the expiratory flow
rate. sensor. Perform the leakage
test.
Troubleshooting

!! 80 Minute volume low The minute volume is below Check patient condition.
the lower alarm limit. Check ventilation settings.
Check tube or mask.
Check alarm limit.
Flow measurement is inaccu- Replace the expiratory flow
rate. sensor. Perform the leakage
test.
! 220 N2O cylinder almost empty The cylinder is almost empty. Replace the cylinder. Use the
central supply.
! 255 N2O cylinder empty The cylinder is empty or Replace the cylinder. Use the
! 190 N2O cylinder sensor? Cylinder pressure sensor is Check if cylinder pressure
acknowledge alarm.
!! 150 N2O FG flow measurem. The measurement system for Only use O2 as fresh gas.
failed the N2O fresh-gas flow has Use the total flow tube to
minute volume.
! 255 N2O measurement failed There is electromagnetic Check for electromagnetic
surement system.
Dräger.
! 255 N2O measurement not The ambient air used for cali- Position the device in an
available brating the sensor was environment with clean ambi-
impure. ent air.
bration.
high.
! 255 N2O measurement tempo- The sensor has not yet Wait for the automatic cali-
rarily inaccurate warmed up. bration.
impure. ent air.
bration.
!!! 110 N2O supply low Central supply pressure and Check central N2O supply or
Troubleshooting

!!! 110 No Air delivery Air is not available. Gas Check central Air supply or
mixer is using 100 % O2 use cylinder.
instead. Use "ALARM RESET" to
! 255 No CO2 detected Ventilation was started, but Check patient condition.
no exhaled CO2 was Check sample line, water
detected for more than 60 trap, and patient-side filter.
seconds. Use "ALARM RESET" to
acknowledge alarm.
!!! 200 No fresh-gas flow No fresh-gas flow is set. Open the flow control valves.
!!! 110 No N2O delivery N2O is not available. Gas Check central N2O supply or
mixer is using O2 instead. use cylinder.
!!! 210 No O2 delivery O2 is not available. Gas Check central O2 supply or
mixer is using Air instead. use cylinder.
! 255 O2 concentration implausi- The O2 sensor calibration is Use substitute O2 monitoring.
bly high invalid. Perform the system test.
! 220 O2 cylinder almost empty The cylinder is almost empty. Replace the cylinder. Use the
central supply.
!!! 210 O2 cylinder empty The cylinder is empty or Replace the cylinder. Use the
! 255 O2 cylinder empty The cylinder is empty or Replace the cylinder. Use the
! 190 O2 cylinder sensor? Cylinder pressure sensor is Check if cylinder pressure
acknowledge alarm.
!! 150 O2 FG flow measurement The measurement system for Only use O2 as fresh gas.
failed the O2 fresh-gas flow has Use the total flow tube to
minute volume.
Troubleshooting

!! 255 O2 measurement not avail- The ambient air used for cali- Position the device in an
able brating the sensor was environment with clean ambi-
impure. ent air.
bration.
high.
! 255 O2 measurement tempo- The sensor has not yet Wait for the automatic cali-
rarily inaccurate warmed up. bration.
impure. ent air.
bration.
!! 255 O2 sensor failure The O2 sensor in the patient- Use substitute O2 monitoring.
gas measurement module is Use "ALARM RESET" to
faulty. downgrade alarm priority.
Call Dräger.
!! 255 O2 sensor failure The O2 sensor is faulty. Use substitute O2 monitoring.
tem test.
Replace the sensor cell if
necessary.
Dräger.
!! 255 O2 sensor not ready A new O2 sensor cell was Wait for the O2 sensor to
inserted. warm up.
Perform a system test and
calibrate the O2 sensor.
The O2 sensor calibration is Perform a system test and
invalid. calibrate the O2 sensor.
!!! 210 O2 supply low Central supply pressure and Check central O2 supply or
! 100 On/Standby key stuck Key is stuck or was pressed The therapy will continue with
Dräger.
Troubleshooting

!!! 230 Pause time expired Ventilation and gas delivery
Resume ventilation or adjust
have been paused longer timer.
than the set pause time. Use "ALARM RESET" to
acknowledge alarm.
!! 230 Pause time expired Ventilation and gas delivery Resume ventilation or adjust
acknowledge alarm.
! 100 Pause time expired Ventilation and gas delivery Resume ventilation or adjust
acknowledge alarm.
!! 50 PEEP/CPAP high The expiratory limb is Check expiratory breathing
blocked. hose and breathing system.
Perform the leakage test.
The anesthetic gas scaveng- Check anesthetic gas scav-
ing system is blocked. enging system.
! 170 Power failure Mains power supply is not Restore mains power supply.
available. The device has
switched to battery opera-
tion.
!! 100 Power supply failure Internal fault in the power Operation of the device can
supply. be continued.
Call Dräger.
!! 100 Pressure sensor failure There is condensate in the Check the breathing hoses.
breathing hoses.
Sensor calibration failed. Perform the system test.
Dräger.
! 255 Pressure-relief valve The internal pressure-relief Check APL valve and fresh-
opened valve has been activated due gas settings.
to overpressure.
!!! 200 Rotary knob stuck Key is stuck or was pressed The therapy will continue with
Press and turn the rotary
knob repeatedly.
If necessary, proceed as fol-
lows: -Activate the backup
manual mode, then ventilate
the patient with the breathing
bag. Or -Disconnect the
patient, then use a manual
resuscitator.
! 170 Sample line disconnected? The sample line or the water Check sample line and water
trap has been disconnected. trap.
! 170 Sample line occluded Sample line is occluded. Check sample line, water
trap, and patient-side filter.
Troubleshooting

! 75 Second agent detected A second anesthetic agent Flush the system if neces-
has been detected. sary.
Wait for transition phase to
end.
! 60 Service date reached Maintenance is due. Use "ALARM RESET" to
acknowledge alarm.
Call Dräger.
!!! 200 Set O2 switch to "Add. O2" The internal gas delivery sys- Set the O2 switch to "Add.
tem has failed and the O2 O2". Set the O2 flowmeter to
switch is still set to "Aux. O2". the desired flow.
!! 0 Speaker failure The loudspeaker is faulty. Call Dräger.
!!! 100 System failure The gas delivery and the Proceed as follows: -Activate
controlled ventilation have the backup manual mode,
failed due to an internal fault. then ventilate the patient with
the breathing bag. Or -Dis-
connect the patient, then use
Call Dräger.
!!! 0 Therapy settings not The last changes to the ther- Change to Man/Spon mode,
applied apy settings were not then switch back to the
applied. desired ventilation mode.
acknowledge alarm.
Dräger.
!! 100 Third agent detected A mixture of more than 2 Flush the system if neces-
anesthetic agents has been sary.
detected. Check fresh-gas settings.
Wait for transition phase to
end.
!! 90 Tidal volume not achieved The delivered inspiratory Check ventilation settings.
tidal volume is lower than the Check Pmax setting.
set value. Check patient compliance.
Check if the patient is breath-
ing spontaneously.
! 0 USB write error The USB flash drive is full, Check the USB flash drive.
faulty, write-protected, or not Use "ALARM RESET" to
compatible. The USB flash acknowledge alarm.
drive is not correctly con-
nected. The USB flash drive
is not correctly formatted.
Troubleshooting

!!! 120 Ventilator failure The piston ventilator or at Start manual ventilation!
least one pressure sensor is When the case has been
faulty. completed, perform a sys-
tem test.
Dräger.
! 100 Water trap disconnected? Infinity ID water trap is not Check water trap.
correctly connected.
! 100 Water trap expired Accessory has been used Replace the accessory if nec-
too long. essary.
acknowledge alarm.
! 170 Water trap full The water trap of the gas Check water trap.
measurement is full.
Sample line is occluded. Check sample line, water
trap, and patient-side filter.
!!! 255 Wrong patient connection? The patient is connected to Change to Man/Spon mode
the internal breathing sys- and ventilate the patient
tem, but there is no oxygen manually.
delivery.
Breathing activity has been Check if the patient is con-
detected at an inactive nected to the correct breath-
breathing system. ing system.
!! 80 xMAC low Inspiratory and expiratory Check patient condition.
gas concentrations are lower Check filling level. Refill if
than the automatically calcu- necessary.
lated limit. Check vaporizer setting.
and the breathing bag for
leakages.
If the current xMAC is
acceptable, use "ALARM
RESET" to acknowledge the
alarm.
! 170 xMAC low Inspiratory and expiratory Check patient condition.
gas concentrations are lower Check filling level. Refill if
than the automatically calcu- necessary.
lated limit. Check vaporizer setting.
and the breathing bag for
leakages.
If the current xMAC is
acceptable, use "ALARM
RESET" to acknowledge the
alarm.
Reprocessing
13 Reprocessing
Reusable products
Reusable products must be reprocessed, otherwise there is an increased risk of
infection.
health-care facility.
► Follow the national infection prevention policies and reprocessing regulations.
► Use validated procedures for reprocessing.
► Reprocess reusable products after every use.
► Follow the manufacturer's instructions for cleaning agents, disinfectants, and
reprocessing devices.
Signs of wear, e.g., cracks, deformation, discoloration, or peeling, may occur with
reprocessed products.
► Check the products for signs of wear and replace them if necessary.
Disposable products
Disposable products such as, e.g., the sample line and the water trap, have been
designed, tested, and manufactured exclusively for single use. Reuse,
reprocessing, or sterilization can result in failure of the accessory, incorrect
measurements, and injury to the patient.
► Do not reuse disposable products.
► Do not reprocess disposable products.
► Do not use any disinfectants.
► Do not reprocess with elevated pressure from syringes or compressed air.
Risk of infection
The breathing system may be contaminated with infectious agents. The following
causes may be present:
– No bacteria filters have been used at the Y-piece or at the expiratory port.
– The breathing system is being used for the first time.
Perform the following measures:
► Use a reprocessed breathing system.
► Reprocess the breathing system if necessary.
► To prevent future contamination, use patient-side bacteria filters.
Reprocessing
Flow sensors
High temperatures arise in the flow sensors, for example, in operation or while
calibrating during a system test. Due to the high temperatures, residual vapors of
flammable disinfectants (e.g., alcohols) and residues that were not removed during
reprocessing may ignite. As a result, user and patient could be put at risk.
► Ensure particle-free cleaning and disinfection.
► After disinfection, allow the flow sensor to air for at least 30 minutes.
► Before inserting the flow sensor, check for visible damage and soiling, such as
residual mucus, medication aerosols, and particles.
Incorrect reprocessing or soiling, e.g., residues or particles, can damage the flow
sensor. As a result, the patient could be put at risk.
► Do not use machine disinfection or cleaning
► Do not use plasma sterilization or radiation sterilization
► Do not use water jets, compressed air, brushes, or similar
► Do not use ultrasonic baths
► Do not use hot steam sterilization on the Spirolog and Infinity ID flow sensors
► Clean and disinfect the flow sensor in accordance with the associated
instructions for use.
► Use only clean disinfectant solutions to disinfect the flow sensor.
13.2 Information on reprocessing

Instructions for reprocessing are based on internationally accepted guidelines, e.g.,
standard ISO 17664.
► Follow the information on reprocessing attached parts, accessories, and
consumables in the associated instructions for use.
► Clean and disinfect the anesthesia workstation according to the infection
prevention policy of the hospital.
► The use of low-quality soda lime with a high proportion of limestone fragments
and dust can cause increased accumulation of soda lime residues in the
breathing system. Check the breathing system for residues at regular intervals,
e.g., every 4 weeks, and perform the reprocessing more frequently if necessary.
Reprocessing
13.3 Classifications for reprocessing

13.3.1 Classification of medical devices
Medical devices and their components are classified according to the way they are
used and the resulting risk.
Classification Explanation Reprocessing

Non-critical Components that come only into Surface disinfection with
contact with skin that is intact cleaning (see page 229)
Semi-critical Components that carry breathing Machine cleaning with ther-
gas or come into contact with mal disinfection (see
mucous membranes or pathologi- page 242)
cally altered skin
Critical Components that penetrate skin Machine cleaning with ther-
or mucous membranes or come mal disinfection followed by
into contact with blood sterilization
13.3.2 Classification of device-specific components

Follow the instructions for use for the components.
The following classification is a recommendation from Dräger.
Non-critical
– Device surfaces
Semi-critical
– Breathing system:
– Upper part of the breathing system, lower part of the breathing system
– Nozzles, flow sensors, APL valve
– Non-return valves (yellow and blue)
– Fresh-gas decoupling valve (black)
– Sensor cap of the O2 sensor
– Bag elbow
– Absorber container and absorber insert
– Piston diaphragm
– Breathing bag arm (option)
– CLIC adapter (option)
Critical
The device does not contain any components that are classified as critical.
Reprocessing
13.4 Reprocessing list

The following summary provides an overview of the reprocessing procedures
defined for each device component. For further information on the defined
reprocessing procedures, see chapters "Surface disinfection with cleaning" and
"Machine cleaning with thermal disinfection".
Components Surface disinfection Machine cleaning with

with cleaning thermal disinfection
Device surfaces Yes No
Breathing system mount1) Yes No
Ports No Yes
Non-return valves (yellow, No Yes
blue, and black)
APL valve Yes (exterior) Yes
Upper part of the breathing No Yes
system and lower part of the
breathing system
Sensor cap of the O2 sensor2) No Yes
Absorber container and No Yes
absorber insert
Piston diaphragm No Yes
Breathing bag arm (option) Yes Yes
CLIC adapter (option) Yes Yes
1) Special reprocessing measure, see page 236.
2) Special reprocessing measures, see page 245.
13.5 Reprocessing procedures

13.5.1 Validated reprocessing procedures
At the time of product-specific validation, the following reprocessing procedures
showed good material compatibility and effectiveness:
Procedure Agent Manufac- Con- Con- Tem-

turer centra- tact pera-
tion time ture
Surface disinfection Dismozon BODE Che- 1.6 % 15 min –
with cleaning plus mie
Mikrobac1) BODE Che- – 1 min –
mie
Oxycide Ecolab USA 2.34 % 5 min –
Machine cleaning Neodisher Dr. Weigert 0.3 % 10 min 55 °C
Mediclean (131 °F)
forte
Machine disinfection – – – 5 min 90 °C
(thermal) (194 °F)
1) For temperature measurement nozzles and pneumatic connections in the breathing system
mount (see "Disinfecting the breathing system mount", page 236)
The effectiveness of the listed reprocessing procedures has been validated by

independent laboratories that certified to the standard ISO 17025.
Reprocessing
13.5.2 Disinfectants
Use disinfectants that are nationally approved and are suitable for the particular
reprocessing procedure.
13.5.2.1 Surface disinfectants

At the time of the test, the surface disinfectants listed in the following table showed
good material compatibility. They can be used in addition to the surface
disinfectants listed in the section "Validated reprocessing procedures".
The manufacturers of the surface disinfectants have verified at least the following
spectra of activity:
– Bactericidal
– Yeasticidal
– Virucidal or virucidal against enveloped viruses
Follow the manufacturer's instructions for the surface disinfectants.
Other surface disinfectants are used at one's own risk.
Do not use purely alcohol-based disinfectants.
Disinfectants based on alcohol or with a high alcohol concentration have only
limited effectiveness and may cause property damage.
Class of active ingre- Surface disinfectants Manufacturer

dient
Chlorine-releasing Actichlor plus Ecolab
agents BruTab 6S Brulin
Clorox Professional Disinfect- Clorox
ing Bleach Cleaner
Dispatch Hospital Cleaner Dis-
infectant Towels with Bleach
Klorsept 17 Medentech
Oxygen-releasing Descogen Liquid Antiseptica
agents Descogen Liquid r.f.u.
Oxygenon Liquid r.f.u.
Dismozon plus Bode Chemie
Oxycide Ecolab USA
Perform Schülke & Mayr
SteriMax Wipes Maxi Aseptix
Reprocessing
Class of active ingre- Surface disinfectants Manufacturer

dient
Quaternary ammonium Mikrozid sensitive liquid1) Schülke & Mayr
compounds
Mikrozid sensitive wipes1)
Mikrozid alcohol-free liquid1)
Mikrozid alcohol-free wipes1)
acryl-des1)
Cleanisept Wipes Maxi Dr. Schumacher
Surfa'Safe Premium ANIOS Laboratories
Wip'Anios Excel
Tuffie 5 Vernacare
1) Virucidal against enveloped viruses
Dräger states that oxygen-releasing agents and chlorine-releasing agents may

cause color change in some materials. Color change does not indicate that the
product is not functioning correctly.
13.6 Preparation
13.6.1 Disassembling the patient-specific accessories
1. WARNING
Risk of infection
Used sample lines and water traps may be infectious due to the breathing gases
that passed through them.
► Replace the sample line and the water trap regularly in the following
situations:
– If the sample line is connected to the filter on the Y-piece, replace it daily.
– If there is no filter fitted to the Y-piece and the sample line is connected
directly to the Y-piece, replace the sample line after every patient.
► Remove the sample line from the water trap.
► Initially leave the water trap fitted to prevent infectious fluid from spurting out.
Remove the water trap only after surface disinfection.
► Replace the water trap after each patient.
Reprocessing
Unscrew the sample line (1).
37165
2. Remove the breathing bag (2) together with the breathing bag hose.
3. Remove the breathing circuit (3) and the filters at positions (4) or (5).
13.6.2 Disposing or reprocessing of patient-specific accessories
1. CAUTION
Risk of injury to patients due to failure of accessories
Disposable products have been designed, tested, and manufactured exclusively
for single use. Reuse, reprocessing or sterilization can result in failure of the
accessory and injury to the patient.
► Do not reuse, reprocess, or sterilize disposable products.
Dispose of the disposable accessories:
– Sample line
– Breathing circuit
– Breathing bag
– Filter
2. Reprocess the reusable accessories in accordance with their instructions for
use.
– Breathing bag
Reprocessing
13.7 Surface disinfection with cleaning

13.7.1 Surface disinfection of the device surfaces
1. Remove soiling immediately. Use a cloth dampened with disinfectant to remove
soiling.
2. WARNING
Risk due to penetrating liquid
– Electric shock
CAUTION
Risk of contaminating the device
If the water trap is removed, fluid may get into the main device while it is being
disinfected.
► Leave the water trap fitted during surface disinfection.
Perform the surface disinfection of the entire device by wiping backwards and
forwards at least 3 times:
– In particular, disinfect device surfaces and hand contact points that are
touched frequently.
– Follow the list of validated disinfectants (see "Validated reprocessing
procedures", page 225).
The following illustration shows the frequently touched surfaces and hand
contact points:
39472
No. Designation
1 Screen
2 Control dials of the vaporizers
Reprocessing
No. Designation
3 Rotary knob
4 Control elements on the gas mixing unit
5 Work surface, side table (option)
6 Handles
7 Handles on drawers
8 Absorber
9 Circuit plug on bag elbow
10 Water trap on the patient-gas measurement module (PGM)
11 APL valve
12 Breathing system cover
13 O2+ key
14 Flow control valve on external O2 flowmeter (option)
15 Pressure reducers (on the rear of the device, not shown)
3. If required, perform the surface disinfection for other components of the

anesthesia workstation, e.g., for a patient monitor.
4. After the product has been exposed to the disinfectant for the specified contact
time, remove residual disinfectant.
5. Wipe with a cloth dampened with water (at least drinking-water quality). Allow
the product to dry.
6. Check the product for visible soiling. Repeat steps 1 to 5 if necessary.
7. Check the product for visible damage and replace if necessary.
13.8 Disassembly
13.8.1 Preparation
1. Switch off the device and all devices connected to it.
2. Disconnect all power plugs.
13.8.2 Disassembling the water trap

The water trap is only present if the device is equipped with the integrated patient-
gas measurement module.
Prerequisite: The sample line has been removed.
► WARNING
Risk of infection
The water trap may contain infectious fluid.
► Proceed carefully when emptying and take protective measures if necessary.
health-care facility.
Reprocessing
Pull out and dispose of the water trap (1).
39629
13.8.3 Disassembling the CO2 absorber
13.8.3.1 Reusable CO2 absorber
1. Unscrew the CO2 absorber (1) from the breathing system.
37107
2. Remove and dispose of the optional disposable dust filter (2).
3. CAUTION
Empty out the used soda lime and dispose of it according to its instructions for
use.
Reprocessing
4. Remove the absorber insert (3) from the absorber container. The sealing ring (4)
remains on the absorber insert.
39487
3
13.8.3.2 CLIC absorber (disposable absorber)

1. Press the release button (1). The CLIC adapter flips open.
38098
2. Withdraw the CLIC absorber (2) upwards from the holder (3).
3. Fold the holder back again until it engages audibly.
4. Dispose of the CLIC absorber in accordance with its instructions for use.
13.8.4 Disassembling the breathing bag arm (option)

37106
1. Unfasten the knurled screws on the attachment piece (1) for the breathing bag
arm.
2. Remove the attachment piece (1) with the breathing bag arm from the socket (2)
on the breathing system.
Reprocessing
13.8.5 Disassembling the O2 sensor

1. Remove the breathing system cover (1).
37062
2. Turn the O2 sensor (2) counterclockwise.
37079
3. Take out the O2 sensor (3).
37080
Reprocessing
4. Turn the knurled nut (4) approximately 90° counterclockwise.
37172
5. Remove the sensor cap (5).
37173
Do not remove the sensor cell. Otherwise, the calibration data will be lost.
This may result in a waiting time when putting the device back into operation.
6. WARNING
Risk of incorrect gas measurement
Reprocessing and sterilization can damage the O2 sensor cell. This may result
in a malfunctioning measurement and the patient may be put at risk.
► Do not disinfect or sterilize the O2 sensor cell, or immerse it in other fluids.
Place the O2 sensor as shown (6).
40978
The sealing cap (7) remains on the holder (8).
Reprocessing
On the product variant with integrated patient-gas measurement module, the

sealing cap must be plugged into the holder.
41134
13.8.6 Removing the breathing system
To prevent accidental penetration of soda lime into the breathing system, make
sure that the reusable CO2 absorber has been removed.
Prerequisite: The breathing system cover has been removed.

1. To unlock, turn the 3 levers (1) counterclockwise by approximately 120°.
37063
2. CAUTION
Risk of injury due to breathing system warmer
When the breathing system warmer is switched on, the bottom side of the
breathing system and the heating plate beneath it can become very hot.
► Allow the breathing system to cool off before removing.
Reprocessing
Remove the breathing system (2) vertically upwards from the breathing system
mount.
37069
13.8.7 Removing the piston diaphragm
► Remove the piston diaphragm (1) from the ventilator. If necessary, remove any
residual moisture present.
37057
13.8.8 Disinfecting the breathing system mount
Note the following information:

– Do not use alcohol-based disinfectants.
– Remove any residues.
– Ensure lint-free cleaning and disinfection.
– Do not allow fluid to penetrate.
Prerequisite:
– The breathing system cover has been removed.
– The breathing system has been removed.
Reprocessing
WARNING
Risk due to penetrating liquid
– Electric shock
Perform the following steps:

1. Use a cloth soaked in disinfectant or use a ready-to-use disposable cloth.
2. Perform the surface disinfection of the breathing system mount by wiping
backwards and forwards at least 3 times. Take particular care to disinfect the
pneumatic connections (1).
39534
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 (4 times each).
Reprocessing
13.9 Disassembling the breathing system

13.9.1 Overview
39538
No. Designation Remarks
1 Upper part of the breathing system
2 Non-return valve (yellow)
3 Non-return valve (blue)
4 Flow sensors Reprocessing is performed in accordance with
their own instructions for use.
5 Lower part of the breathing system
6 Non-return valve (black)
7 CLIC adapter (option)
8 Incident flow mesh, expiration Remains in the expiratory port.
9 Expiratory port
10 Inspiratory port
11 Bag elbow Remains at the lower part of the breathing system.
12 Breathing bag arm (option) When the breathing bag arm is used, there is no
bag elbow fitted to the lower part of the breathing
system.
13 Incident flow mesh, inspiration Remains in the lower part of the breathing system.
14 APL valve
Reprocessing
13.9.2 Disassembling the components

13.9.2.1 CLIC adapter (option)
1. Screw off the CLIC adapter (1).
37744
2. Press the release button (2). The holder (3) flips open.
37745
3. Push the cleaning plate (4) fully into the adapter.
4. Close the holder (3) so that it engages.
13.9.2.2 Flow sensors and ports
CAUTION
Risk of failure of flow measurement
Improper reprocessing and soiling, such as residues or particles, can damage the
flow sensor.
► No machine cleaning or disinfection
► No plasma sterilization or radiation sterilization
► No water jets, compressed air, brushes or the like
► No ultrasonic bath
► No hot-steam sterilization with Spirolog and Infinity ID flow sensors
► Clean and disinfect the flow sensor in accordance with the corresponding
► For disinfecting the flow sensor use only clean disinfectant solutions.
Reprocessing
1. Unfasten and remove the expiratory port (1).
37071
2. Remove the expiratory flow sensor (2).
3. Unfasten and remove the inspiratory port (3).
4. Remove the inspiratory flow sensor (4).
If the breathing system is equipped with a bag elbow, the bag elbow remains on the
breathing system.
13.9.2.3 Upper part of the breathing system

1. To unlock, turn the 3 levers (1) counterclockwise by approximately 120°.
37174
2. Lift off the upper part of the breathing system (2).

39630
Reprocessing
13.9.2.4 APL valve
► WARNING
Risk of damage to breathing system
If the APL valve is not removed before the breathing system is reprocessed, it
may be damaged by the reprocessing measures. This can lead to leaks in the
breathing system.
► Always remove the APL valve prior to reprocessing.
Using the lower knurled nut (1), unscrew the APL valve from the upper part of
the breathing system.
39498
13.9.2.5 Non-return valves and fresh-gas decoupling valve
On the top side of the lower part of the breathing system:
► Remove the yellow inspiratory valve (1) and the blue expiratory valve (2) from
the lower part of the breathing system.
37058
Reprocessing
On the bottom side of the lower part of the breathing system:

► Turn the black fresh-gas decoupling valve (3) counterclockwise and remove it.
37060
13.9.2.6 List of disassembled components
After complete disassembly of the breathing system, the following machine-
reprocessable components are present:
– Upper part of the breathing system
– Lower part of the breathing system
– APL valve
– Inspiratory port
– Expiratory port
– Inspiratory valve (yellow)
– Expiratory valve (blue)
Optionally present are:
13.10 Machine reprocessing

13.10.1 Preparation
Prerequisite: The breathing system and components are completely disassembled.
Information on the number of reprocessing cycles
– At least 250 reprocessing cycles are possible for the breathing system.
Reprocessing
After complete disassembly of the breathing system, the following machine-

reprocessable components are present:
– APL valve
– Expiratory port
Optionally present are:
Required aids:
– Hose for connecting the breathing bag arm
– Hose for connecting the absorber insert
13.10.2 Positioning the components

Depending on device configuration, it is possible that not all components will be
present.
► Position the components securely in the load carrier. Ensure the following:
– All surfaces and interior spaces can be flushed completely.
– The water can drain off freely.
The following illustrations are nonbinding recommendations. Depending on the
washer-disinfector used, alternative positioning is possible.
Reprocessing
Upper part of the breathing system

► Position the upper part of the breathing system with a slight tilt.
38566
Lower part of the breathing system
► Position the lower part of the breathing system with a slight tilt.
39500
Reprocessing
Sensor cap of the O2 sensor

A special flushing adapter is required for the sensor cap.
1. Push the flushing adapter together with the silicone hose (1) onto a flushing
nozzle.
42213
2. Insert the sensor cap (2) into the flushing adapter.
APL valve
► Lay the APL valve in the basket.
38569
Inspiratory port and expiratory port

► Lay the ports in the basket.
39014
Reprocessing
Non-return valves and fresh-gas decoupling valve

► Position the valves with the valve cages facing downwards.
39501
Breathing bag arm (option)
1. Connect the breathing bag arm (1) to a hose (2).
39502
2. Lay the breathing bag arm together with the hose in the load carrier.
3. Connect the hose (2) to a flushing nozzle (3).
Absorber insert
1. Connect the absorber insert (1) to a hose (2).
39503
2. Lay the absorber insert together with the hose in the load carrier.
3. Connect the hose (2) to a flushing nozzle (3).
Reprocessing
Absorber container
► Place the absorber container with the opening facing down on an injector
nozzle.
38595
CLIC adapter (option)
► Lay the CLIC adapter in the basket with the cleaning plate facing upwards.
38594
13.10.3 Machine cleaning with thermal disinfection
Use a washer-disinfector that meets the requirements of the standard ISO 15883.
Dräger recommends the use of a load carrier for anesthesia accessories and
ventilation accessories.
Follow the list of validated disinfectants (see "Validated reprocessing procedures",
page 225).
Prerequisite: The components have been positioned appropriately in the load
carrier.
1. Use a suitable cleaning agent.
2. Select a suitable cycle.
Use a cycle with the following phases:
– Pre-wash
– Cleaning using a suitable cleaning agent in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions for use
– Final rinsing with demineralized water
Reprocessing
– Thermal disinfection
– Drying
Proceed as follows after the cycle has ended:
1. Check all components for visible soiling.
2. Repeat the cycle if necessary.
13.10.4 Drying the components

► Allow all the components to dry completely.
To prevent residual moisture, adjust the drying times during machine
reprocessing.
13.10.5 Additional reprocessing procedures

Additional reprocessing procedures have not been tested by Dräger with regard to
their effectiveness.
However, the materials in the following components permit steam sterilization up to
a maximum of 137 °C (278.6 °F):
– APL valve
– Expiratory port
– Absorber container
– Absorber insert
► After sterilization, inspect the components for damage and replace if necessary.
Reprocessing
13.11 Fitting and assembly

13.11.1 Preparation
Prerequisite: All components have been reprocessed and dried.
WARNING
Risk of fire
High temperatures arise in the flow sensors, for example, in operation or while
calibrating during a system test. Due to the high temperatures, residual vapors of
flammable disinfectants (e.g., alcohols) and residues that were not removed during
reprocessing may ignite.
► Ensure particle-free cleaning and disinfection.
► After disinfection, allow the flow sensor to air for at least 30 minutes.
► Before inserting the flow sensor, check for visible damage and soiling, such as
residual mucus, medication aerosols, and particles.
1. Inspect the following components for damage and wear:

– Incident flow mesh in the inspiratory limb of the lower part of the breathing
system
– APL valve
– Expiratory port
– Incident flow mesh in the expiratory port
– Flow sensors
– Seals and sealing rings
If the incident flow meshes are damaged, contact DrägerService.
2. The following parts must be free from residues:
– Incident flow meshes in the inspiratory limb of the lower part of the breathing
system and in the expiratory port
– Valve plate in the inspiratory valve (yellow)
– Valve plate in the expiratory valve (blue)
– Valve plate in the fresh-gas decoupling valve (black)
If necessary, remove any residues on the valve plates with a soft cloth.
Reprocessing
13.11.2 Assembling the breathing system
► WARNING
Risk of insufficient anesthetic gas concentration
If the component connections of the breathing system are not sufficiently leak-
tight, ambient air may get into the breathing gas.
► Make sure that all components of the breathing system are connected tightly.
Assemble the breathing system in accordance with the instructions in this
chapter.
13.11.2.1 Inserting the non-return valves

The non-return valves (yellow inspiratory valve and blue expiratory valve) must be
fitted on the top side of the lower part of the breathing system.
There are recesses in the valve cages of the non-return valves to facilitate correct
fitting. These recesses are arranged differently on the inspiratory valve than on the
expiratory valve.
Perform the following steps for the non-return valves:
1. Align the inspiratory valve (1) and the expiratory valve (2) so that the
recesses (3) on the valve cages align with the corresponding lugs on the lower
part of the breathing system.
36497
2. Insert the non-return valves.
Reprocessing
13.11.2.2 Inserting the fresh-gas decoupling valve

The fresh-gas decoupling valve (black) must be fitted on the bottom side of the
lower part of the breathing system.
1. Turn the upper part of the breathing system over.
2. Insert the valve (1) and lock it by turning it clockwise.
37097
13.11.2.3 Fitting the APL valve
1. WARNING
Risk of an incorrectly set pressure limitation
If the lower dot marked on the APL valve is not aligned correctly, the APL valve
may be set or read off incorrectly.
► When fitting, take care that the lower dot is facing the user during operation.
Align the APL valve correctly. The lower dot (1) must face the user during
operation.
39506
Reprocessing
2. Place the APL valve (2) vertically on the upper part of the breathing system (3).
39507
3. Tighten the knurled nut (4).
13.11.2.4 Fitting the upper part of the breathing system

1. Make sure the levers (1) are rotated outward.
39505
2. Place the upper part of the breathing system (2) on the lower part of the
breathing system (3).
3. Turn the levers (1) by approximately 120° clockwise.
Reprocessing
13.11.2.5 Fitting the flow sensors and the ports

1. Insert the expiratory flow sensor (1).
39508
2. Push in the expiratory port (2). Tighten the knurled nut.
3. Insert the inspiratory flow sensor (3).
4. Push in the inspiratory port (4). Tighten the knurled nut.
13.11.2.6 Fitting the CLIC adapter (optional)

1. Press the release button (1). The holder (2) flips open.
39509
2. Remove the cleaning plate (3) from the adapter.

3. Close the holder (2) so that it engages.
4. Screw the CLIC adapter (4) on to the lower part of the breathing system.
39510
Reprocessing
5. Check the correct orientation of the adapter (4). The two symbols (5) must
align vertically.
39511
13.11.3 Inserting the piston diaphragm
1. Insert the piston diaphragm (1) in the ventilator.
Make sure that the Dräger inscription on the base of the piston diaphragm can
be read from above.
36496
Reprocessing
13.11.4 Inserting the breathing system

1. Insert the assembled breathing system (1) vertically into the breathing system
mount.
36503
2. Turn the levers (2) by approximately 120° clockwise. The breathing system is
now locked. On the product variant with integrated patient-gas measurement
module, seal the O2 sensor port with the sealing cap (3).
36504
13.11.5 Assembling and inserting the O2 sensor

1. Place the sensor cap (1) on the O2 sensor.
37178
Reprocessing
2. Turn the knurled nut (2) about 90° clockwise. Turn it until the palpable resistance
is overcome and a click is heard. The sensor cap is now fitted.
37179
3. Insert the O2 sensor (3) into the sensor port.
38271
4. Turn the O2 sensor (4) clockwise.
38272
Reprocessing
5. Put the breathing system cover (5) in place and click it into position.
36505
13.11.6 Fitting the breathing bag arm (option)
1. Plug the breathing bag arm (1) onto the socket (2) on the breathing system.
Tighten the two knurled screws. Check that the breathing bag arm is held
securely.
36506
2. Align the breathing bag arm so that collisions with other components are
prevented.
13.11.7 Fitting the reusable CO2 absorber

If there is no CLIC absorber being used, use the reusable CO2 absorber.
1. Push the absorber insert (1) into the absorber container (2).
39516
2. CAUTION
Fill the CO2 absorber with fresh soda lime to the upper mark.
Recommendation: Use Drägersorb 800 Plus or Drägersorb Free.
Reprocessing
3. WARNING
Risk of hypoventilation and incorrect gas measurement
Reuse of the disposable dust filter can increase the filter resistance and impair
the ventilation function of the device.
► If soda lime from third-party manufacturers is used, e.g., granular soda lime,
use a disposable dust filter and replace it with every change of the soda lime.
If soda lime from third-party manufacturers is used, insert a new disposable dust
filter (3). Only use dust filters from the list of accessories.
Only use undamaged filters.
39515
4. Attach the CO2 absorber (4) to the breathing system from below. Rotate it in the
direction of the arrow until it reaches the stop.
Follow the instructions for use for the particular soda lime.
13.12 Preparation before the next use

13.12.1 Fitting patient-specific accessories and consumables
► WARNING
Risk due to particles and dust
In order to protect the patient from particles and dust, a filter must be used
between the inspiratory limb of the breathing system and the patient.
► Use a filter at the Y-piece or at the inspiratory port.
Complete the device with the following accessories:
– Breathing hoses
– Breathing bag
– Filter
– Water trap
– Sample line
Observe the following information: "Selecting and connecting patient-specific
accessories", page 67.
Reprocessing
13.12.2 Checking the operational readiness

Prerequisite: The device is assembled and prepared ready for operation.
► Check the operational readiness with a system test.
Observe the following information: "Tests", page 126.
Reprocessing
13.13 Brief instructions for

Disassembling the CO2 absorber
reprocessing 10. Reusable CO2 absorber
The following information provides a quick overview of the a. Unscrew the absorber.
individual steps during reprocessing. Follow the relevant b. Remove and dispose of the disposable dust filter.
chapters for detailed information and safety instructions. c. Empty out and dispose of the used soda lime.
Disassembling the patient-specific accessories d. Remove the absorber insert from the absorber con-
tainer.
1. Unscrew the sample line.
11. CLIC absorber (disposable absorber)
2. Remove the breathing bag together with the breathing
bag hose. a. Remove and dispose of the CLIC absorber.
3. Disassemble the breathing circuit and the filters. Disassembling the breathing bag arm (option)
Disposing of or reprocessing patient-specific accesso- 12. Unscrew the breathing bag arm (option).
ries
Disassembling the O2 sensor
4. Dispose of the following disposable accessories:
13. Disassemble the O2 sensor.
– Sample line
14. Remove the sensor cap.
Removing the breathing system
– Breathing bag
15. Remove the breathing system.
– Filter
5. Reprocess the following reusable accessories: Removing the piston diaphragm
– Breathing circuit 16. Remove the piston diaphragm.
– Breathing bag Disinfecting the breathing system mount
Surface disinfection of the device surfaces 17. Disinfect the breathing system mount.
6. Disinfect the following surfaces on the device: Disassembling the breathing system
– Screen 18. CLIC adapter (option)
– Control dials of the vaporizers a. Unscrew the adapter.
– Rotary knob b. Insert the cleaning plate and close the holder.
– Control elements on the gas mixing unit 19. Disassembling the flow sensors and ports
– Work surface a. Remove the expiratory port.
– Handles b. Remove the expiratory flow sensor.
– Handles on drawers c. Remove the inspiratory port.
– Absorber d. Remove the inspiratory flow sensor.
– CLIC adapter (option) 20. Lift off the upper part of the breathing system.
– Circuit plug on bag elbow 21. Screw off the APL valve.
– Water trap on the integrated patient-gas measure- 22. Remove the non-return valves.
ment module (PGM)
– APL valve
– Breathing system cover
23. Remove the fresh-gas decoupling valve (black).
– O2+ key
– Flow control valve on external O2 flowmeter (option) Machine reprocessing
– Pressure reducers (on the rear of the device) 24. Position the following parts appropriately and perform
machine reprocessing:
Preparation for disassembly – Upper part of the breathing system
7. Switch off the device and all devices connected to it. – Lower part of the breathing system
8. Disconnect all power plugs. – Sensor cap of the O2 sensor
Disassembling the water trap – APL valve
9. Pull out and dispose of the water trap. – Inspiratory port
Reprocessing
– Expiratory port Assembling the breathing system

– Inspiratory valve (yellow) 29. Insert the non-return valves:
– Expiratory valve (blue) – Inspiratory valve (yellow)
– Fresh-gas decoupling valve (black) – Expiratory valve (blue)
– Piston diaphragm 30. Insert the fresh-gas decoupling valve (black) and lock it
by turning.
– Absorber container and absorber insert 31. Fit the upper part of the breathing system.
32. Fit the APL valve.
– CLIC adapter (option) with cleaning plate fitted
33. Fit the flow sensors and ports.
Drying
a. Insert the expiratory flow sensor.
25. Allow all the components to dry completely.
b. Screw the expiratory port tight.
Steam sterilization c. Insert the inspiratory flow sensor.
26. If necessary, steam sterilize the following components: d. Screw the inspiratory port tight.
– Upper part of the breathing system 34. CLIC adapter (option)
– Lower part of the breathing system a. Remove the cleaning plate.
– Sensor cap of the O2 sensor b. Screw on the adapter.
– APL valve
Inserting the piston diaphragm
35. Insert the piston diaphragm.
– Expiratory port
– Inspiratory valve (yellow) Inserting the breathing system
36. Insert the breathing system.
– Fresh-gas decoupling valve (black) Assembling and inserting the O2 sensor
– Piston diaphragm 37. Insert the sensor cap.
– Breathing bag arm (option) 38. Fit the O2 sensor.
– Absorber container and absorber insert Fitting the breathing bag arm (option)
39. Fit the breathing bag arm (option).
Preparation for fitting and assembly
27. Inspect the following components for damage and Fitting the CO2 absorber
wear:
40. Reusable CO2 absorber
a. Fit the absorber insert.
b. Fill the reusable CO2 absorber.
c. Insert the disposable dust filter.
– Incident flow mesh in the inspiratory limb of the
d. Screw the absorber tight.
lower part of the breathing system
41. CLIC absorber (disposable absorber)
– APL valve
a. Fit the CLIC absorber.
– Expiratory port Fitting patient-specific accessories and consumables
– Incident flow mesh in the expiratory port 42. Complete the device with the following accessories:
– Inspiratory valve (yellow) – Breathing hoses
– Expiratory valve (blue) – Breathing bag
– Fresh-gas decoupling valve (black) – Filter
– Piston diaphragm – Water trap
– Flow sensors – Sample line
– Seals and sealing rings Checking the operational readiness
28. The following parts must be free from residues: 43. Connect the device to the mains power supply and turn
– Incident flow meshes for the flow sensors it on.
– Valve plates of the non-return valves 44. Perform a system test.
Service
14 Service
Intervals and implementation
Wear and material fatigue of the components may lead to device failure and
malfunctions. If services activities are not performed regularly or properly,
malfunctions may occur, which can result in personal injury and property damage.
► Perform service at the specified intervals.
► Service activities must be performed by those user groups that are assigned to
the particular measure.
► Only perform service activities when there is no patient connected to the device.
► Before performing maintenance, disconnect all electrical connections from the
power supply and all gas connections from the gas supply.
► Perform a system test after service activity.
Housing
Under the housing, there are live electrical components, which may cause an
electric shock.
► The housing may only be opened by those user groups that are assigned to that
particular measure.
Risk of infection
If the product has not been reprocessed properly, it may be contaminated with
pathogens. As a result, persons could be put at risk.
Perform the following measure before servicing, before returning the device, and
before disposal:
► Reprocess the product in accordance with the chapter "Reprocessing".
14.2 Definition of service terminology

Concept Definition
Service All measures (inspection, maintenance, repair) intended to
maintain or restore the functional integrity of a product
Inspection Measures intended to determine and assess the current state
of a product
Maintenance Regular specified measures intended to maintain the functional
integrity of a product
Repair Measures intended to restore the functional integrity of a prod-
uct after a failure
A service contract with Dräger is recommended.
14.3 Inspection
Measure Interval User group
Inspection and safety check Every 12 months Service personnel
Service
14.3.1 Remote service

The device supports the following remote service functions:
– Help Ticket
– Remote Device Check
– Proactive call
Further information on the remote service function can be obtained from Dräger.
14.3.2 Safety checks

Safety checks are not a substitute for maintenance, which includes the preventive
replacement of wearing parts as specified by the manufacturer.
14.3.2.1 Performing the safety checks

1. Check that the associated instructions for use are available in the correct
version.
2. Perform a functional test of the following functions according to the instructions
for use:
– Emergency O2 delivery
3. Check that the product is in good condition:
– All labels are complete and legible
– No visible damage to the following components:
– Trolley and castors
– Housing parts
– Brakes
– Vaporizer mount
– Water trap and water trap mount
– O-rings of the water trap mount
– Sample line
– Screen
– Gas inlets
– Status display
– Breathing system
– Piston drive and piston diaphragm
– AGS and AGS valves
– Hoses and cables
– Strain relief for compressed gas hoses and cables
– Option: Support arms
– Option: Pressure reducers and their sensor cables
– Fuses that are accessible from the outside are in compliance with the
specified values.
– Check that the country-specific labeling of the gas type matches the screen
display.
– Check the end stops of the support arms for patient monitors.
4. Check the electrical safety in accordance with the IEC 62353 standard.
Service
5. Check the safety features:

– Functional integrity of optical and acoustic alarm generators
– O2 switch on gas mixing unit (electronically controlled gas mixer)
– Internal battery
– Option: Check the function of the minimum O2 delivery (mechanically
controlled gas mixer).
6. Check the accuracy of the gas measurement based on a certified test gas
concentration:
– Anesthetic gas measurement:
Isoflurane, 1 Vol%
Sevoflurane, 1 Vol%
Accuracy ±0.35 Vol%
– N2O measurement, 70 Vol%
Accuracy ±7.6 Vol%
– CO2 measurement, 5 Vol%
Accuracy ±0.83 Vol%
7. Check the accuracy of the O2 measurement:
– Ambient air 21 Vol%
Accuracy ±3 Vol%
– 100 Vol%
Accuracy –5 Vol%
8. Check sample gas flow of the patient-gas measurement module:
– Accuracy 200 ±20 mL/min
9. Check the patient-gas measurement module for leakage:
– Leakage at –200 hPa (cmH2O)
– <20 hPa/min (cmH2O/min)
10.Check the non-return valves in the central supply for leakage:
– Leakage ≤20 mL/min
11. Check the operational readiness by means of a system test.
12.Option:
Check the accuracy of the pressure gauge for the internal breathing system:
– Accuracy 30 hPa (cmH2O) ±10 hPa (cmH2O)
13.Option:
Check the inspiratory O2 sensor:
– Accuracy of the O2 sensor
14.Option:
Perform a visual inspection of both safety valves of the passive AGS for damage
and soiling.
Service
14.4 Maintenance
Component Interval Measure User group
CO2 absorber / soda When colored violet or Replace, see page 75 Users
lime with dust filter according to the config-
ured Infinity ID replace-
ment interval
Water trap (option) As required, when Replace, see page 77 Users
soiled, or according to
the configured Infinity ID
replacement interval
Flow sensors As required, if calibra- Replace, see page 198 Users
tion is no longer possi-
ble, or according to the
configured Infinity ID
replacement interval
Piston diaphragm Annually Replace, see page 236 Users
Inspiratory O2 sensor Every 2 years Replace, see page 55 Users
(option)
AGS As required, when Replace Specialized service per-
soiled sonnel
AGS filter If required, if filter is Replace Users
soiled, or flow is no lon-
ger achieved
O-rings on the water Every 2 years Replace Service personnel
trap mount (option)
Pressure reducer Every 6 years Replace Specialized service per-
(option) sonnel
Filter cloth Every 2 years Replace Service personnel
– Above the gas mixer
– Power supply unit
CLIC adapter (option) Every 4 years Replace Users
Lead-gel battery Every 2 years Replace Service personnel
(2 pieces) Or after determination of Replace Specialized service per-
remaining capacity sonnel
14.5 Repair
Repairs may only be performed by specialized service personnel.
It is recommended that only original parts from Dräger be used for repairs and that
the repairs be performed by Dräger.
The replacement of the integrated patient-gas measurement module is described in
the chapter "Replacing the patient-gas measurement module (PGM)" (see
"Replacing the patient-gas measurement module (PGM)", page 196).
Disposal
15 Disposal
Risk of infection
If the product has not been reprocessed properly, it may be contaminated with
pathogens. As a result, persons could be put at risk.
Perform the following measure before servicing, before returning the device, and
before disposal:
► Reprocess the product in accordance with the chapter "Reprocessing".
15.2 Disposing of the device

The disposal of electrical and electronic devices is subject to special guidelines.
This device must be disposed of in accordance with national regulations. In
countries of the European Union, Dräger will organize the return of the device.
Additional information is available at www.draeger.com (search term: WEEE).
15.3 Disposing of accessories

When disposing of the following accessories, follow the infection prevention policy
of the hospital and the respective instructions for use:
– Flow sensors
– Breathing hoses
– Filter, HME, HMEF
– Breathing bag
– Masks
– Water trap
– CLIC absorber, Infinity ID CLIC absorber
– Soda lime
Dispose of the following items in accordance with the infection prevention policy of
the hospital.
– Sample line
– Dust filter
– AGS
Technical data
16 Technical data
16.1.1 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Medical electrical equipment is subject to special precautionary measures
concerning electromagnetic compatibility. During installation and before initial
operation, follow the information in section: "EMC declaration" (page 291).
Electrostatic discharge
Measures to protect from electrostatic discharge must be adhered to when handling
components carrying the ESD warning symbol. Otherwise, malfunctions may occur
which could put the patient at risk.
To prevent malfunctions, observe the following measures and train the relevant
personnel:
► Observe the ESD protective measures, e.g.:
– Wear antistatic clothes and shoes.
– Use gloves that are electrically insulating and antistatic.
– When establishing connections, touch a potential equalization pin.
► Observe the requirements for the electromagnetic environment. Observe the
following section: "Electromagnetic environment" (page 292).
Electromagnetic disturbances
Wireless communication devices (e.g., cellular phones) and medical electrical
equipment (e.g., defibrillators, electrosurgical devices) emit electromagnetic
radiation. When such devices are operated too close to this device or its cables, the
functional integrity of this device may be compromised by electromagnetic
disturbances. As a result, the patient could be put at risk.
► Maintain a distance of at least 0.3 m (1.0 ft) between this device and wireless
communication devices, to ensure that the essential performance of this device
is fulfilled.
► Maintain an adequate distance between this device and other medical electrical
equipment.
Magnetic fields can adversely affect the functional integrity of the medical device
and thus put the patient or user at risk.
► Do not use the medical device in rooms where devices for magnetic field
applications are used (e.g., magnetic resonance imaging).
The medical device meets the applicable limit values for electromagnetic fields. The
functioning of pacemakers can nevertheless be impaired by emissions.
► All wearers of pacemakers should maintain a distance of at least 25 cm (10 in)
between pacemaker and medical device.
Technical data
16.2 General information

Units of measurement for pressure 1 hPa = 1 mbar = 1 cmH2O
100 kPa = 0.1 MPa = 1 bar = 1 kPa x 100
User's operating location At the front at a distance of 1 m (39 in) and a
height of 1.5 m (59 in)
Tolerances All specified tolerances apply for ambient condi-
tions of 20 °C (68 °F), 60 % relative humidity,
and 1013 hPa (760 mmHg).
Accuracies The accuracies indicated below change accord-
ing to ambient pressure, temperature, and rela-
tive humidity. If one of the ambient conditions is
changed up to the permissible limit, the accu-
racy can change by up to 50 %. If more than
one of the ambient conditions is changed, the
accuracy may change by up to 100 %.
Example: Accuracy of a measured pressure
value: ±4 % under standard conditions. At
10 °C, the accuracy changes to ±6 %; at 10 °C
and 20 % relative humidity, to ±8 %.
Standardization All patient-related volumes and flows are based
on dry oxygen, converted to the conditions in
the lungs (BTPS).
16.3 Ambient conditions

During operation
Temperature 10 to 40 °C
(50 to 104 °F)
Ambient pressure 650 to 1060 hPa
(9.5 to 15.3 psi)
Relative humidity 20 to 95 %, non-condensing
CO2 concentration 300 to 1000 ppm
Height above sea level Up to 3500 m (11483 ft)
During storage and transport

Temperature
Device without battery –20 °C to 60 °C
(–4 °F to 140 °F)
Battery –15 °C to 40 °C
(5 °F to 104 °F)
For storage longer than 12 months –15 °C to 25 °C
(5 °F to 77 °F)
Maximum storage duration without 180 days
recharging
Technical data
16.3 Ambient conditions (continued)

Ambient pressure 500 to 1060 hPa
(7.3 to 15.3 psi)
Relative humidity 10 to 95 %, non-condensing
CO2 concentration Not relevant
Information The permissible ambient conditions depend on
the accessories used. Follow the corresponding
16.4 Fresh-gas delivery

Gas mixer The device is equipped with either an electroni-
cally controlled or a mechanically controlled gas
mixer.
Standardization All data are standardized to STPD conditions.
O2 flush 25 to 75 L/min at 2.7 to 6.9 kPa x 100 (39 to
100 psi; 0.27 to 0.69 MPa) supply pressure
O2 flow with integrated flowmeter

Range Off; 2 to at least 10 L/min at 2.7 kPa x 100
(39 psi or 0.27 MPa) supply pressure
Accuracy ±10 % of the set value for flows >2.0 L/min
Resolution of displayed value 1 L/min (up to 10 L/min)
5 L/min (starting at 10 L/min)
O2 flow with external flowmeter

Range Off; 1 to at least 10 L/min at 2.7 kPa x 100
(39 psi or 0.27 MPa) supply pressure
Accuracy ±10 % of the set value
Resolution of displayed value 1 L/min (up to 10 L/min)
5 L/min (starting at 10 L/min)
16.5 Fresh-gas delivery with electronically controlled gas

mixer
O2 concentration FG O2
Setting range 21 to 100 Vol% (carrier gas: Air)
25 to 100 Vol% (carrier gas: N2O)
Accuracy ±5 % or ±2 Vol% (the larger value applies)
Fresh-gas flow FG flow

Setting range Off; 0.2 to 15 L/min
Technical data
16.5 Fresh-gas delivery with electronically controlled gas

mixer (continued)
Information The maximum flow specified under STPD con-
ditions can drop linearly from 15 L/min at
750 hPa ambient pressure to 13.5 L/min at
620 hPa ambient pressure. At 620 hPa ambient
pressure, an STPD flow of 13.5 L/min corre-
sponds to an ATPD flow of 22 L/min.
Accuracy ±10 % or ±50 mL/min (the larger value applies)
16.6 Fresh-gas delivery with mechanically controlled gas

mixer
O2 concentration 21 to 100 Vol%
Setting range for fresh-gas flow 0 to at least 12 L/min (O2, Air, and N2O)
Electronic measurement of fresh-gas flow

Range 0 to 15 L/min (O2, Air, and N2O)
Accuracy ±10 % or ±0.12 L/min (the larger value applies)
Resolution of the value displayed on the screen 0.01 L/min (from 0 to 0.2 L/min)
0.02 L/min (from 0.2 to 0.5 L/min)
0.05 L/min (from 0.5 to 1 L/min)
0.10 L/min (from 1 to 15 L/min)
Resolution of the value displayed in the status 0.1 L/min
display
Total flow tube

Range 0 to 10 L/min
Accuracy ±10 % of the set value at 100 % O2 and for
flows >1 L/min
Resolution of displayed value 0.5 L/min
16.7 Ventilator
Design Electronically driven ventilator, fresh-gas
decoupled
Time-based settings
Respiratory rate RR 3 to 100 /min
±10 % of the set value or ±1 /min (the larger
value applies)
Technical data
16.7 Ventilator (continued)

Minimum respiratory rate RRmin in PSV mode Off, 3 to 25 /min
±10 % of the set value or ±1 /min (the larger
value applies)
Inspiratory time Ti 0.2 to 10 s
±5 % of the set value or ±150 ms (the larger
value applies)
Maximum inspiratory time for assisted breaths 4.0 s or 1 / (2 x RRmin) (the smaller value
(fixed setting) applies) for the "Adult" patient category
1.5 s or 1 / (2 x RRmin) (the smaller value

applies) for the "Pediatric patients" and "Neo-
nates" patient categories
Pressure rise time Slope 0 to 2 seconds;
±10 % of the set value or ±200 ms (the larger
value applies)
Ratio of inspiratory time to expiratory time 1:50 to 50:1
Inspiration termination criterion Insp term 5 to 80 %
±20 % of the set value or ±2.5 L/min (the larger
value applies)
Ratio of plateau time to inspiratory time % Tplat 0 to 60 %
for mandatory breaths in the VC - CMV , ±10 % of the set value or ±100 ms (the larger
VC - SIMV, and VC - SIMV / PS modes value applies)
Volume-based and flow-based settings

Tidal volume VT 10 to 1500 mL (with "Advanced neonatal sup-
port" option: 5 to 1500 mL)
±10 % of the set value or ±10 mL (the larger
value applies) in the range from 5 to 150 mL
±5 % of the set value or ±15 mL (the larger
value applies) in the range from 151 to 1500 mL
The applied tidal volume is adjusted automati-

cally to compensate for the compliance of the
breathing circuit. As soon as CO2 respiratory
phases are detected, the sample gas flow for
the patient-gas measurement module is addi-
tionally compensated.
Trigger threshold Trigger 0.3 to 15 L/min
±20 % of the set value or ±1 L/min (the larger
value applies)
Inspiratory flow Flow Minimum 0.1 L/min, maximum >120 L/min
Results from the set values for VT and Ti or
Pinsp and Ti
Applies for mains operation or in the first 5 min-
utes of battery operation with a fully charged
battery.
Technical data
16.7 Ventilator (continued)

Pressure-related settings
Inspiratory pressure Pinsp PEEP +5 to 80 hPa (cmH2O)
±10 % of the set value or ±3 hPa (cmH2O)
(the larger value applies)
Pressure limitation Pmax PEEP +10 to 80 hPa (cmH2O)
Relative pressure support above PEEP ∆Psupp Off, 3 to (80 - PEEP) hPa (cmH2O)
in the CPAP / PSV and PC - SIMV / PS modes
Off, 3 to (Pmax - PEEP) hPa (cmH2O)

in the VC - SIMV / PS and VC - SIMV / PS /
AutoFlow modes
Positive end-expiratory pressure PEEP Off, 2 to 35 hPa (cmH2O)
Minimum pressure limit as per ISO 8835-5 and -3 hPa (cmH2O)
ISO 80601-2-13
16.8 Breathing system

Total volume (when applying a maximum
tidal volume of 1500 mL)
with CLIC absorber 800+ disposable CO2 3.65 L ± 150 mL
absorber
with reusable CO2 absorber and Drägersorb 3.83 L ± 150 mL
800+
Compliance (without breathing circuit)

In the Man / Spon mode (including disposable Typically 2.7 mL/hPa (mL/cmH2O)
CO2 absorber) corresponds to 81 mL at 30 hPa (cmH2O)
for the "Neonates" patient category
Typically 2.8 mL/hPa (mL/cmH2O)

corresponds to 84 mL at 30 hPa (cmH2O)
for the "Pediatric patients" patient category

for the "Adults" patient category
Technical data
16.8 Breathing system (continued)

In mechanical ventilation modes Typically 0.5 mL/hPa (mL/cmH2O)
for the "Neonates" patient category

for the "Pediatric patients" patient category

for the "Adults" patient category
Filling volume of the CO2 absorber

Reusable CO2 absorber 1500 mL ± 50 mL
Disposable CO2 absorber CLIC absorber 800+ 1300 mL ± 50 mL
Disposable CO2 absorber CLIC absorber Free 1200 mL ± 50 mL
Flexible breathing bag arm

Volume 0.11 L ± 50 mL
Compliance 0.11 ± 0.05 mL/hPa (mL/cmH2O)
corresponds to 3.3 ± 1.5 mL at 30 hPa
(cmH2O)
Rigid breathing bag arm

Volume 0.13 L ± 50 mL
Compliance 0.13 ± 0.05 mL/hPa (mL/cmH2O)
corresponds to 3.9 ± 1.5 mL at 30 hPa
(cmH2O)
Total leakage <150 mL/min at 30 hPa (cmH2O) standardized
to BTPS conditions
APL valve
Setting range Open, 5 to 70 hPa (cmH2O)
Accuracy (at a flow of 20 ±1 L/min): ±20 % of the set value or ±3 hPa (the larger
value applies), but not more than +10 hPa
(cmH2O)
Pressure drop at 30 L/min (ATPD), fully opened Dry: 2.1 hPa (cmH2O)
Wet: 2.2 hPa (cmH2O)
Recommendation for breathing hoses

Information All compliances and volumes specified include
inspiratory and expiratory filters.
Neonate ventilation (typical VT <100 mL) Maximum compliance: 2.0 mL/hPa
(mL/cmH2O)
Pediatric ventilation (typical VT between 50 and Maximum compliance: 4.0 mL/hPa
300 mL) (mL/cmH2O)
Technical data
16.8 Breathing system (continued)

Adult ventilation (typical VT >200 mL) Maximum compliance: 6.0 mL/hPa
(mL/cmH2O)
Maximum length 200 cm (78.7 in)
350 cm (137.8 in) (leads to limitations in compli-
ance compensation and pressure accuracy)
Recommendation for a breathing bag hose

(if no breathing bag arm is being used)
Maximum length 180 cm (70.9 in)
350 cm (137.8 in) with increased fresh-gas con-
sumption
Recommendation for the breathing bag size

Volume 0.5 L to 5.0 L (at least double the value of the
tidal volume)
16.9 External fresh-gas outlet

Connection 22 mm (outer taper), 15 mm (inner taper), ISO
Delivery See "Fresh-gas delivery"
Pressure limitation Not pressure-limited
16.10 Anesthetic gas receiving system (AGS)

Information The device is equipped with an active or a pas-
sive anesthetic gas receiving system.
16.11 Active AGS

Information This system is designed for connection to an
anesthetic gas scavenging system which works
with a suction flow.
Suction flow
Normal range 30 to 50 L/min
At lower end of restricted range ≥10 L/min
Maximum fresh-gas flow to prevent contam-

inating ambient air
For external breathing systems (normal range) 9 L/min
For external breathing systems (restricted 5 L/min
range)
Technical data
16.11 Active AGS (continued)

For internal breathing systems (restricted 7 L/min
range)
Connection for sample gas disposal when

using external patient-gas measurement
Outer hose diameter 3 to 6 mm
Maximum inlet flow 500 mL/min
16.12 Passive AGS

Information This system is designed for an anesthetic gas
scavenging system which works without suction
flow. Do not connect it to an active anesthetic
gas scavenging system.
To limit contamination of the ambient air in com-
pliance with ISO 80601-2-13, follow the specifi-
cations for the scavenging hose.
Scavenging hose
Maximum length 8 m (26 ft)
Minimum diameter 19 mm (0.75 in)
Connection for sample gas disposal when

using external patient-gas measurement
Outer hose diameter 3 to 6 mm
Maximum inlet flow 500 mL/min
16.13 Measuring systems and displays

Information Alarms and internal calculations are based on
values that are more precise than the displayed
values. Consequently, there may be minor devi-
ations between the current alarm status and the
displayed measured values.
Airway pressure
Airway pressure Paw
Plateau pressure Pplat
Positive end-expiratory pressure PEEP
Peak inspiratory pressure PIP
Mean airway pressure Pmean
Range –20 to +99 hPa (cmH2O)
Accuracy ±4 % of the measured value or ±2 hPa
(cmH2O) (the larger value applies)
Technical data
16.13 Measuring systems and displays (continued)

Resolution of displayed value 1 hPa (cmH2O)
Pressure gauge for indicating the pressure

in the internal breathing system
Range –20 to +80 hPa (cmH2O)
Accuracy ±5 % of the measured value or ±2 hPa
(cmH2O) (the larger value applies)
Resolution of displayed value 5 hPa (cmH2O)
Volume The measured volume values displayed
already take account of the compliance of the
breathing circuit. As soon as CO2 respiratory
phases are detected, the sample gas flow for
the patient-gas measurement module is addi-
tionally taken into account.
Tidal volume
Expiratory VT
Range 0 to 2500 mL
Accuracy for gas measurement with PGM ±10 % of the measured value or ±15 mL (the
larger value applies)
Accuracy without PGM ±20 % of the measured value or ±40 mL (the
Resolution of displayed value 1 mL
Difference between inspiratory and expira- ∆VT

tory tidal volumes
Range 0 to 2500 mL
Accuracy for gas measurement with PGM ±20 % of the measured value or ±30 mL (the
Accuracy without PGM ±40 % of the measured value or ±80 mL (the
Resolution of displayed value 1 mL
Minute volume
Total MV
Mandatory MVmand
Spontaneous MVspon
Range 0 to 40 L/min
Accuracy for gas measurement with PGM ±10 % of the measured value or ±0.1 L/min
Accuracy without PGM ±20 % of the measured value or ±0.2 L/min
Resolution of displayed value 0.01 L/min (MV <1 L/min) or 0.1 L/min
(MV ≥1 L/min)
Technical data

T0...90 <45 s (RR ≥6 /min)
<105 s (RR <6 /min)
Leakage minute volume MVleak
Range 0 to 40 L/min
Accuracy ±25 % of measured value or ±0.2 mL/min
Resolution of displayed value 0.01 L/min (MV <1 L/min) or 0.1 L/min
(MV ≥1 L/min)
Low-flow wizard
Standardization The following data are standardized to STPD
conditions.
Range 0 to 8 L/min
Accuracy ±25 % of measured value or ±100 mL/min
Respiratory rate
Total RR
Spontaneous RRspon
Mandatory RRmand
Range 0 to 100 /min
Accuracy ±10 % or ±1 /min (the larger value applies)
Resolution of displayed value 1 /min
T0...90 <45 s (RR ≥6 /min)
<105 s (RR <6 /min)
Dynamic compliance
Dynamic compliance Cdyn
Mean dynamic compliance Cdyn mean
Range 0 to 200 mL/hPa (mL/cmH2O)

Accuracy for gas measurement with PGM ±15 % or ±1 mL/hPa (mL/cmH2O) (the larger
value applies)
Accuracy without PGM ±40 % or ±3 mL/hPa (mL/cmH2O) (the larger
value applies)
Information The values may be distorted by spontaneous
breathing, thus reducing the measurement
accuracy.
Resolution of displayed value 0.1 mL/hPa (mL/cmH2O)
Resistance R
Range 0 to 100 hPa/L/s (cmH2O/L/s)
Accuracy for gas measurement with PGM ±30 % of the measured value or ±3 hPa/L/s
(cmH2O/L/s) (the larger value applies)
Technical data

Accuracy without PGM ±50 % of the measured value or ±5 hPa/L/s
(cmH2O/L/s) (the larger value applies)
Information The values may be distorted by spontaneous
breathing, thus reducing the measurement
accuracy.
Resolution of displayed value 1 hPa/L/s (cmH2O/L/s)
Elastance E
Range 0.005 to 10 hPa/mL (cmH2O/mL)
Resolution of displayed value 0.001 hPa/mL (cmH2O/mL)
Supply pressures
Central supply
Range 0 to 9.8 kPa x 100
0 to 140 psi
0 to 0.98 MPa
Accuracy (up to 7 kPa x 100) ±4 % or ±0.2 kPa x 100 (the larger value
applies)
±4 % or ±3 psi (the larger value applies)
±4 % or ±0.02 MPa (the larger value applies)
Resolution of displayed value 0.1 kPa x 100
1 psi
0.01 MPa
Gas cylinders
Range 0 to 250 kPa x 100
0 to 3600 psi
0 to 25 MPa
Accuracy ±4 % or ±6 kPa x 100 (the larger value applies)
±4 % or ±87 psi (the larger value applies)
±4 % or ±0.6 MPa (the larger value applies)
Resolution of displayed value 1 kPa x 100
1 psi
0.1 MPa
Results in the system test

Total leakage
Range 10 to 5000 mL/min (measured at BTPS, refer-
enced to a pressure of 30 hPa)
Accuracy ±25 % or ±150 mL/min (the larger value
applies)
Resolution of displayed value 1 mL/min
Leakage during mechanical ventilation

Range 10 to 1000 mL/min (measured at BTPS,
referenced to a pressure of 30 hPa)
Technical data

Accuracy ±25 % or ±50 mL/min (the larger value applies)
Compliance of the breathing circuit
Range 0 to 9.9 mL/hPa (mL/cmH2O), measured at
BTPS
Accuracy ±30 % or ±0.2 mL/hPa (mL/cmH2O) (the larger
value applies)
Resolution of displayed value 0.1 mL/hPa (mL/cmH2O)
16.14 Gas measurement

Information The device is equipped with a patient-gas mea-
surement module (PGM) for O2, CO2, N2O, and
anesthetic agent, or with an O2 sensor.
16.15 Gas measurement with PGM

Information This is a sidestream gas measurement, in
which the sample gas is fed back into the
breathing system.
End-tidal measured values are calculated for
each breath from the local maxima and minima
of the real-time measurements during expira-
tion.
Standardization All data are standardized to ATPS conditions.
Accuracies Due to the T10...90 time and the sample gas
flow, the measurement accuracies for O2, CO2,
N2O, and anesthetic agent may deviate at
respiratory rates of 60 /min or higher and an I:E
ratio of 1:1. The influence of respiratory rate
and the I:E ratio on the accuracy has been veri-
fied in a simulated breathing system using a
rectangular waveform for the gas concentra-
tion.
Sample gas flow 200 mL/min ±10 %
standardized to STPD conditions
Maximum time until emptying of the water trap 41 hours (sample gas under BTPS conditions
is necessary and 23 °C ambient temperature)
System response time The system response time results from the typi-
cal delay and the gas type specific T10...90 time.
Sensor sampling rate <50 ms
Time after switch-on until the specified accu- <480 s
racy is attained
Technical data
16.15 Gas measurement with PGM (continued)

Time until measured CO2 values are displayed <90 s
(with at least reduced accuracy)
Typical delays <5 s
Cross sensitivity None with respect to alcohol (<3000 ppm in
blood),
Acetone (<1000 ppm), methane, water vapor,
NO and CO
Drift Compensated by automatic cyclic calibration
During the automatic calibration, ambient air is
fed to the breathing system and used as the
sample gas.
O2
Range 0 to 100 Vol%
Accuracy ±(2.5 Vol% + 2.5 % relative)
Resolution of displayed value 1 Vol%
T10...90 <500 ms
CO2
Range 0 to 13.6 Vol%
0 to 13.6 kPa
0 to 102 mmHg
Accuracy ±(0.43 Vol% + 8 % relative)
±(0.43 kPa + 8 % relative)
±(3.3 mmHg + 8 % relative)
Resolution of displayed value 0.1 Vol%
0.1 kPa
1 mmHg
T10...90 <350 ms
N 2O
Range 0 to 100 Vol%
Accuracy ±(2 Vol% + 8 % relative)
T10...90 <500 ms
Anesthetic gases
Range
Halothane 0 to 8.5 Vol% (kPa)
Isoflurane 0 to 8.5 Vol% (kPa)
Enflurane 0 to 10 Vol% (kPa)
Sevoflurane 0 to 10 Vol% (kPa)
Desflurane 0 to 20 Vol% (kPa)
Technical data
16.15 Gas measurement with PGM (continued)

Accuracy ±(0.2 Vol% + 15 % relative)
±(0.2 kPa + 15 % relative)
Resolution of displayed value 0.1 Vol% (kPa) for desflurane
0.01 Vol% (kPa) for all other anesthetic gases
T10...90 <500 ms
Anesthetic agent identification Automatic
Primary gas At the latest at 0.3 Vol%
Secondary gas At the latest at 0.4 Vol% or 0.1 xMAC (the
With a desflurane concentration greater than
4 Vol%, mixture detection occurs at the latest
when the concentration of the second anes-
thetic gas rises above 10 % of the desflurane
concentration.
The secondary gas becomes the primary gas
when the expiratory xMAC value is more than
0.2 xMAC above that of the primary gas.
Minimum displayed concentration The specified detection thresholds refer to ris-
ing anesthetic gas concentrations (e.g., at the
start of surgery). If the anesthetic gas concen-
tration falls, a concentration of down to
0.05 Vol% will be measured, based on the last
anesthetic agent detected. Below this concen-
tration, a value of 0 Vol% will be displayed.
xMAC Based on the age of the patient, the anesthetic
gas concentration, and the nitrous oxide con-
centration (the xMAC value is corrected for
ambient pressure)
Range 0 to 9.9
Accuracy Refer to the accuracies of the respective mea-
sured gas values.
Resolution of displayed value 0.1
16.16 Gas measurement with O2 sensor

Information The oxygen measurement is performed in the
inspiratory limb of the breathing system and is
pressure-corrected.
Time after switch-on until the specified accu- <180 s
racy is attained
Time after the insertion of the sensor cell until <30 min
the specified accuracy is attained
Replacement interval of the oxygen cell 2 years
Technical data
16.16 Gas measurement with O2 sensor (continued)

Cross sensitivity None with respect to alcohol (<3000 ppm in
blood),
Acetone (<1000 ppm), methane, water vapor,
NO and CO
Drift Compensated by cyclic calibration with ambient
air, at the latest every 7 days in the system test
O2
Range 0 to 100 Vol%
Accuracy ±(2.5 Vol% + 2.5 % relative)
Typical delays <15 s
16.17 Display of calculated values

Measurement of consumption and elimina-
tion
CO2 elimination per minute

conditions.
Range 0 to 9999 mL/min
applies)
O2 uptake per minute

conditions.
Range 0 to 9999 mL/min
applies)
Anesthetic agent uptake

Range 0 to 99.9 mL fluid
Accuracy ±25 % or ±1 mL (the larger value applies)
Resolution of displayed value 0.1 mL
Fresh-gas consumption
conditions.
Range 0 to 99999 L
Technical data
16.17 Display of calculated values (continued)

Information Gas consumption related to O2 flush and O2
therapy is not included in this calculation.
Accuracy ±15 % or ±2 L/min (the larger value applies)
Resolution of displayed value 1L
Anesthetic agent consumption

Range 0 to 999.9 mL fluid
Accuracy ±25 % or ±1 mL (the larger value applies)
Resolution of displayed value 0.1 mL
Waveforms O2 concentration
Primary anesthetic gas concentration
CO2 concentration
Airway pressure
Volume (only for loops)
Flow
Sweep speed 6.25; 12.5; 25.0 mm/s
Scale
Airway pressure –20 to 80 hPa (cmH2O)
Flow –120 to 120 L/min
Volume 0 to 2000 mL
O2 0 to 100 Vol%
CO2 0 to 100 mmHg (0 to 12 Vol%, 0 to 12 kPa)
Anesthetic agent
Halothane 0 to 5 Vol% (kPa)
Enflurane 0 to 6 Vol% (kPa)
Isoflurane 0 to 5 Vol% (kPa)
Sevoflurane 0 to 10 Vol% (kPa)
Desflurane 0 to 20 Vol% (kPa)
Loops Pressure-Volume
Flow-Volume
16.18 Operating characteristics

Mains power supply
Mains voltage 100 to 240 V AC at 50/60 Hz
Maximum power consumption 4A
Power cable
Maximum length 5 m (16.4 ft)
Protective ground resistance Maximum 0.1 Ω
Technical data
16.18 Operating characteristics (continued)

Operating voltage ≥250 V
Operating current ≥10 A
Current consumption at 230 V AC

Standby (without charging the internal battery) <0.18 A
During mechanical ventilation (PC - CMV, <0.40 A
Pinsp = 15 hPa, RR = 8 /min, I:E = 1:2, PEEP =
0 hPa, FG flow 4 L/min O2) without charging the
internal battery
Maximum 2A
Current consumption at 110 V AC

Standby (without charging the internal battery) <0.38 A
During mechanical ventilation (PC - CMV, <0.84 A
internal battery
Maximum 4A
Power consumption
Standby (without charging the internal battery) <40 W
During mechanical ventilation (PC - CMV, <95 W
internal battery
Maximum 400 W
Peak inrush current Approx. 8 to 14 A
Approx. 6 to 10 A quasi-RMS
Internal battery
Type Lead-gel battery
Sealed, maintenance-free
Capacity 7.2 Ah
Voltage 24 V
Fuse F15A 80V UL248-14, breaking capacity
1000 A, size 19.7 mm x 19 mm x 5 mm
Current Maximum 15 A
Backup time with new and fully charged battery
During mechanical ventilation (PC - CMV, At least 45 min
Pinsp = 15 hPa, RR = 8 /min, I:E = 1:2, Typically 120 min
PEEP = 0 hPa, FG flow 4 L/min O2)
During ventilation in Man / Spon At least 90 min
Charging time (to achieve at least 30 minutes’ At least 8 hours

backup time)
Technical data

Charging power Maximum 50 W
Gas supply
Gas quality
Oil content <0.1 mg/m3
Dew point 5 °C (41 °F) at ambient temperature
Particle size Dust-free air (filtered with pore size <1 μm)
Supply pressure for O2, Air, N2O 2.7 to 6.9 kPa x 100
39 to 100 psi
0.27 to 0.69 MPa
Maximum short-term peak inlet flow at 6.9 kPa
x 100 (100 psi or 0.69 MPa) supply pressure
O2 135 L/min (applies only when there is no distri-
bution piece for the central O2 supply)
Air
Without bronchial suction system 50 L/min
Including a directly connected bronchial 130 L/min
suction system
N 2O 40 L/min
Drive gas Not needed
Gas supply connection Depending on configuration: NIST, DISS
(CGAV-5/B or CGAV-5/N), French standard
(NFS90-116)
Gas cylinders (dimensions)
Diameter 100 to 140 mm (3.94 to 5.51 in) for versions
with upright gas cylinders
100 to 102 mm (3.94 to 4.01 in) for versions
with hanger yoke system for gas cylinders with
pin-index connections
Maximum height 880 mm (34.64 in) for versions with upright gas
cylinders
757 mm (29.80 in) for versions with hanger
yoke system for gas cylinders with pin-index
connection
Pressure reducers
Version Conforms to DIN EN ISO 10524-1
Permissible inlet pressure (PV)
Air, O2 Up to 200 kPa x 100 (2900 psi, 20 MPa)
N 2O Up to 60 kPa x 100 (870 psi, 6 MPa)
Technical data

Noise emissions from device Free field measurements complying with
ISO 3744
Equivalent sound pressure level Leq(A) during ≤42 dB(A)
ventilation with typical settings
Sound pressure L(A) of the alarm tones at the
user's operating location, measured according
to IEC 60601-1-8
Acoustic alarm signal
Alarm volume (all priorities) Settable from >45 dB(A) to <75 dB(A)
Secondary acoustic alarm signal and mains ≥55 dB(A) and ≤75 dB(A)
power supply failure alarm
Dimensions of the compact version (may

deviate with accessory equipment)
Width 863 mm (33.98 in)
Height 1403 mm (55.24 in)
Depth 717 mm (28.23 in)
Dimensions of the large version (may devi-

ate with accessory equipment)
Width 933 mm (36.74 in)
Height 1403 mm (55.24 in)
Depth 750 mm (29.53 in)
Dimensions of the work surface on the com-

pact version
Width Approx. 470 mm (18.50 in)
Depth Approx. 380 mm (14.96 in)
Dimensions of the work surface on the large

version
Width Approx. 710 mm (27.95 in)
Depth Approx. 380 mm (14.96 in)
Additional pull-out work surface Approx. 340 mm (13.39 in) x 245 mm (9.65 in)
(width x depth)
Weight of the compact version

Nominal configuration consisting of mechani- Approx. 135 kg (298 lbs) without counterweight
cally controlled gas mixer, plug-in connector for Approx. 170 kg (375 lbs) with the "Counter-
2 vaporizers, breathing system, CLIC adapter weight for increased maximum total weight"
and CLIC absorber, breathing hoses, central option
supply hoses (5 m (16.4 ft)), scavenging hose
(5 m (16.4 ft))
Permissible total weight without counterweight 270 kg (595 lbs)
Permissible total weight with counterweight 330 kg (727 lbs)
Technical data

Weight of the large version
Nominal configuration consisting of mechani- Approx. 160 kg (353 lbs)
cally controlled gas mixer, plug-in connector for
3 vaporizers, breathing system, CLIC adapter
and CLIC absorber, breathing hoses, central
supply hoses (5 m (16.4 ft)), scavenging hose
(5 m (16.4 ft))
Permissible total weight 330 kg (727 lbs)
Touchscreen color screen

Screen diagonal Approx. 39 cm (15.3 in)
Background illumination LED
Resolution 1280 x 768 pixels
RFID system
Operating frequency 13.56 MHz ± 50 ppm (wideband)
Transmitter power ≤42 dBμA/m (200 mW ± 1 dB)
Modulation ASK (amplitude shift keying)
Electromagnetic compatibility Tested in compliance with IEC 60601-1-2
Protection classes
Device I, in compliance with IEC 60601-1
Applied parts (connections for breathing hoses) TYPE BF
Degree of protection IP20 according to IEC 60529,
meets ISO 80601-2-13
Classification in compliance with Directive II b
93/42/EEC, Annex IX
UMDNS code 10-134
Use of latex The device is made without natural rubber
latex.
16.19 Interfaces and ports

Serial ports COM 1 and COM 2
Information Only connect devices that meet the require-
ments of IEC 60950-1 for ungrounded SELV
circuits and the requirements of IEC 60601-1
(as of the 2nd edition) for touchable secondary
circuits with a maximum nominal voltage of
24 V DC.
Use COM2 to connect devices for external

patient-gas measurement with the MEDIBUS
communication protocol.
Technical data
16.19 Interfaces and ports (continued)

Protocol MEDIBUS.X
Alarm delay time Typically <2 s
Connector 9-way Sub-D
Baud rate 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400 baud
Data bits 8
Parity Even
Stop bits 1
Pin assignment
Pin 1 Not used
Pin 2 RXD
Pin 3 TXD
Pins 4, 6 Pins 4 and 6 are connected internally
Pin 5 SHLD-GND
Pins 7, 8 Pins 7 and 8 are connected internally
Pin 9 Not used
Housing SHLD-GND
USB port Only connect USB mass storage devices that

do not have their own power supply. Do not
connect any charging cables.
Type USB connector type A; USB 2.0
Supported devices USB flash drive formatted with FAT16 or FAT32.
Dräger recommends USB mass storage
devices with encryption conforming to FIPS
140-2 and their own encryption facility.
Network port Only for Dräger Remote Service

Only connect devices or networks that meet the
requirements of IEC 60950-1 for ungrounded
SELV circuits and the requirements of
IEC 60601-1 (as of the 2nd edition) for touch-
able secondary circuits with a maximum nomi-
nal voltage of 24 V DC.
Type RJ45 plug
Transfer speed 100Base-TX, IEEE 802.3 Clauses 24 and 25
(requires at least a CAT5 cable)
10BASE-T, IEEE 802.3 Clause 14 (requires at
least a CAT3 cable)
Connector for external workplace light Only for workplace lights approved by Dräger,
see list of accessories.
Technical data
16.19 Interfaces and ports (continued)

Distribution piece for central O2 supply
(optional)
Supply pressure 2.7 to 6.9 kPa x 100
39 to 100 psi
0.27 to 0.69 MPa
Maximum permissible flow 20 L/min
16.20 Relevant standards

Information In addition to the standards listed here, this
medical device also meets various other stan-
dards, e.g., standards concerning special
national requirements.
IEC 60601-1 Part 1:
Medical electrical equipment General requirements for basic safety and
essential performance
IEC 60601-1-2 Part 1-2:
essential performance -
Collateral standard: Electromagnetic
disturbances - Requirements and tests
IEC 60601-1-8 Part 1-8:
essential performance - Collateral standard
Alarm systems - General requirements, tests
and guidance for alarm systems in medical
electrical equipment and medical electrical sys-
tems
IEC 60601-2-13 Part 2-13:
Medical electrical equipment Particular requirements for the safety of anaes-
thetic systems
ISO 8835-2 Part 2:

Systems for inhalational anesthesia Anesthesia breathing systems
ISO 8835-3 Part 3:

Systems for inhalational anesthesia Transfer and receiving systems of active
anaesthetic gas scavenging systems
ISO 8835-4 Part 4:
Systems for inhalational anesthesia Anesthetic vaporizers
ISO 8835-5 Part 5:
Systems for inhalational anesthesia Anesthesia ventilators
ISO 21647 Particular requirements for the basic safety and
Medical electrical equipment essential performance of respiratory gas moni-
tors
Technical data
16.21 Diagrams
16.21.1 Pressure characteristics and flow characteristics of the
breathing system
Breathing system with and without breathing hoses and filters (conforming
to ISO 8835-2 and ISO 80601-2-13):
41381

3UHVVXUH>K3DFP+2@

ಣ
ಣ
ಣ
ಣ
ಣ
ಣ
ಣ
ಣ
ಣ
ಣ
ಣ
ಣ
ಣ
ಣ
ಣ
)ORZ>/PLQ@
Pexp [hPa (cmH2O)] with neonatal breathing hose

Pexp [hPa (cmH2O)] with pediatric breathing hose
Pexp. [hPa (cmH2O)] with adult breathing hose
Pexp. [hPa (cmH2O)] without breathing hoses
Pinsp [hPa (cmH2O)] with neonatal breathing hose
Pinsp [hPa (cmH2O)] with pediatric breathing hose
Pinsp [hPa (cmH2O)] with adult breathing hose
Pinsp [hPa (cmH2O)] without breathing hoses
Breathing system, dry, with filled Peak flow in Resistance [hPa (cmH2O)]
reusable CO2 absorber and soda use [L/min] Man / Spon
lime dust filter MX50115 Inspiratory Expiratory
60 –3.8 4.5
Without breathing circuit and inspi- 30 –1.2 2.9
ratory filter 15 0.0 2.0
2.5 0.7 1.6
Technical data
Breathing system, dry, with filled Peak flow in Resistance [hPa (cmH2O)]
reusable CO2 absorber and soda use [L/min] Man / Spon
lime dust filter MX50115 Inspiratory Expiratory
With breathing circuit for adults 60 –5.6 5.5
MP00349, inspiratory filter
MP01730 30 –2.0 3.4
With breathing circuit for pediatric

patients MP01340 and MP01343, 15 –1.6 3.5
inspiratory filter MP01815
With breathing circuit for neonates
MP00333, inspiratory filter 2.5 0.6 1.8
MP01815
16.21.2 Response times in event of concentration changes

Typical response times (T0..90) for an oxygen concentration change from 21 Vol% to
100 Vol% at the following fresh-gas flows:
2 L/min 4 L/min 8 L/min O2 flush

Test lung for adults
(MP02400), breathing circuit
(MP00300), breathing bag 2 L
712 s 174 s 32 s 9s
(MP00222)
VT=500 mL, RR=10 /min,
I:E=1:2
Test lung for neonates
(8410079), breathing circuit
(MP00333), breathing bag 1 L
91 s 64 s 46 s 7s
(MP00383)
VT=30 mL, RR=30 /min,
I:E=1:1
16.22 EMC declaration

16.22.1 General information
This device was tested for electromagnetic compatibility using accessories from the
list of accessories. Other accessories may only be used if they do not compromise
the electromagnetic compatibility. The use of non-compliant accessories may result
in increased electromagnetic emissions or decreased electromagnetic immunity of
the device.
This device may be used in the direct vicinity of other devices only if Dräger has
approved this device arrangement. If no approval has been given by Dräger, it must
be ensured that this device functions correctly in the desired arrangement before
use. The instructions for use for the other devices must be followed.
Technical data
16.22.2 Electromagnetic environment

This device may only be used in environments specified in section "Environments
of use" on page 10.
Emissions Compliance
Radiated emissions Class A, group 1 (30 MHz to 1 GHz)
Conducted emissions Class A, group 1 (150 kHz to 30 MHz)
NOTICE
The emissions characteristics of this equipment make it suitable for use in industrial
areas and hospitals (CISPR 11 class A). If it is used in a residential environment (for
which CISPR 11 class B is normally required), this equipment might not offer
adequate protection to radio-frequency communication services.
► The user might need to take mitigation measures, such as relocating or re-
orienting the equipment.
Immunity against Test level and required electromagnetic environ-

ment
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) Contact discharge: ±8 kV
(IEC 61000-4-2) Air discharge: ±15 kV
Fast transient electrical disturbances (bursts) Power cable: ±2 kV
(IEC 61000-4-4) Longer signal input lines/output lines: ±1 kV
Impulse voltages (surges) Voltage, external conductor – external conductor:
(IEC 61000-4-5) ±1 kV
Voltage, external conductor – protective ground con-
ductor: ±2 kV
Magnetic fields at mains frequency 50 Hz: 30 A/m
(IEC 61000-4-8)
Voltage dips and short interruptions in the Voltage dips of 30 % to 100 %, 8.3 ms to 5 s,
supply voltage (IEC 61000-4-11) different phase angles
Radiated high-frequency disturbances 80 MHz to 2.7 GHz: 3 V/m
(IEC 61000-4-3)
Conducted high-frequency disturbances 150 kHz to 80 MHz: 3 V, ISM bands: 6 V
(IEC 61000-4-6)
Electromagnetic fields in the vicinity of wireless Various frequencies from 385 MHz to 5785 MHz:
communication devices 9 V/m to 28 V/m
16.22.3 Recommended separation distances from wireless

communication devices
To ensure that the full functional integrity of this device is not compromised, there
must be a separation distance of at least 1.0 m (3.3 ft) between this device and
wireless high-frequency communication equipment.
Technical data
16.23 Device combinations

This device can be operated in combination with other Dräger devices or with
devices from other manufacturers. Follow the accompanying documents of the
individual devices.
If a device combination is not approved by Dräger, the safety and the functional
integrity of the individual devices can be compromised. The operating organization
must ensure that the device combination complies with the applicable editions of
the relevant standards for medical devices.
Device combinations approved by Dräger meet the requirements of the following
standards:
– IEC 60601-1, 3rd edition (general requirements for safety, device combinations,
software-controlled functions)
– IEC 60601-1-2: 3rd edition (electromagnetic compatibility) or 4th edition
(electromagnetic interference)
– IEC 60601-1-8 (alarm systems)
Or:
– IEC 60601-1, 2n edition (general requirements for safety)
– IEC 60601-1-1 (device combinations)
– IEC 60601-1-2 (electromagnetic compatibility)
– IEC 60601-1-4 (software-controlled functions)
– IEC 60601-1-8 (alarm systems)
16.24 Emission of high-frequency energy

This medical device is equipped with an RFID module (radio frequency
identification) to enable wireless communication with Infinity ID accessories.
This medical device has been designed and manufactured to comply with emission
limit values for high-frequency energy. These limit values are incorporated in
international safety standards such as IEC 60601-1-2 and standards for radio
equipment such as EN 300330 and have been defined by regulatory authorities.
The RFID system of this medical device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
regulations and the license-free RSS regulations of Industry Canada. Operation is
subject to the following 2 conditions:
1. This medical device does not cause any harmful interference.
2. The medical device is not liable to damage caused by the reception of
interference, including interference causing undesired operating conditions.
Changes and modifications that have not been expressly approved by Dräger may
result in the user no longer being permitted to operate the device.
Dräger hereby declares that this medical device, including its radio equipment, is in
compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU.
The complete EU Declaration of Conformity can be viewed at the following internet
address: http://www.draeger.com/doc-radio
Technical data
16.25 Connections to IT networks

In an IT network, data can be exchanged by means of wired or wireless
technologies. An IT network can be any data interface (e.g., RS232, LAN, USB,
printer interface) that is described in standards and conventions.
Connecting this device to a network that incorporates other devices or making
subsequent changes to that network can lead to new risks for patients, users, and
third parties. Before the device is connected to the network or the network is
changed, these risks must be identified, analyzed, and evaluated by the hospital IT
representative in accordance with the IEC 80001-1 standard (risk management for
medical IT networks). Appropriate measures must be taken on the basis of the
results.
Examples of subsequent changes to the network:
– Changing the network configuration
– Removing devices from the network
– Adding new devices to the network
– Performing upgrades or updates on devices that are connected to the network
16.25.1 LAN interface

16.25.1.1 Service
In conjunction with the Dräger SCG (ServiceConnect Gateway) or a DrägerService
computer, the LAN interface enables the following functions:
– Using the SNMP protocol:
Monitoring the service status of the device, querying the service status, support
during the installation of device software and during software download,
configuration support
– Using the FTP protocol (as a client):
Querying the device status, support during the installation of device software
and during software download, configuration support
The following personal data are transmitted unencrypted over the interface:
– Logbook with details of age, weight, and height of the patient
16.25.1.2 Time synchronization

The LAN interface allows synchronization with an NTP (Network Time Protocol)
server using the NTP protocol.
16.25.1.3 Required characteristics

The LAN must be securely isolated from other networks and no devices may be
connected that could be potential sources for malicious attacks.
The LAN must ensure the connection between the device and the following
destinations:
– ServiceConnect Gateway or DrägerService Computer:
– NTP server
Technical data
Connections between Atlan and corresponding destinations

Function Proto- Atlan Direction Remote Remote Connec-
col port port partner tion
SNMP V3 UDP 161 >1023 SCG
TCP SNMP UDP >1023 162 SCG
V3
(Trap)
FTP TCP >1023 21 SCG New,
(command) estab-
lished
FTP TCP >1023 21 SCG Estab-
(command) lished
FTP TCP >1023 >1023 SCG New,
(data) estab-
lished
FTP TCP >1023 >1023 SCG Estab-
(data) lished
SNTP UDP >1023 123 NTP server
DHCP UDP 67 67 DHCP
server
Typical data volume:

– Update of device firmware: Typically 50 MB
– Help ticket (system logbook for service purposes): Typically 3 MB
While the service functions are being used, the device can cause network loading
up to the maximum transmission speed of the LAN interface. The bandwidth used
during normal use is negligibly low.
16.25.1.4 Hazardous situations

The following hazardous situations may occur if the network does not possess the
required characteristics:
– Exported patient-related data (age, weight, height) and therapy-related data may
be intercepted, falsified, or damaged.
– An overload of the device due to high network loading (e.g., caused by denial-of-
service attacks) may lead to a shut-down of the device-side network interface.
The interface will not be available again until the device is restarted.
16.25.2 RS-232 ports

The RS-232 port supports the MEDIBUS.X protocol. MEDIBUS.X is a
communication protocol for data exchange between the device and, e.g., the
following external medical or non-medical equipment:
– Hemodynamic monitor
– Data management system
– Computer
– RS232 to Ethernet converter
Technical data
The transferred data include the following information:

– Settings
– Measured values which comply with the specified accuracy
– Waveforms
– Text messages
– Alarm status
If the specified accuracy for measured values cannot be met, these measured
values will be displayed on the screen in gray. These measured values will not be
transmitted over MEDIBUS.X.
Take note of the documentation for the following communication protocols before
transferring the data:
– MEDIBUS.X, Rules and Standards for Implementation (9052607)
– MEDIBUS.X, Profile Definition for Data Communication V1.n (9052608)
The documents are only available in English.
– Therapy data with details of age, weight, and height of the patient
With the aim of improving the clinical process, the data can be used to set up a
distributed alarm system with unconfirmed alarm transmission conforming to
IEC 60601-1-8. However, the data must not be used as a substitute for Atlan as the
primary alarm source.

The RS-232 port is a point-to-point connection. A connected device must prevent
access by unauthorized users to the data that are sent over the RS-232 port and
must itself be protected from infections by malware and computer viruses.
16.25.3 USB port

The USB port supports the transfer of data to external storage media. Existing data
on external storage media may be deleted during this operation.
– User logbook with details of age, weight, and height of the patient
– Screenshots potentially showing information about the age, weight, and height
of the patient

A connected device must conform to the mass storage medium USB device class
(e.g., connecting devices to charge the battery is not intended.). Dräger
recommends the use of FIPS 140-2 compatible storage media with hardware
encryption.
16.25.3.2 Hazardous situations

Connecting active devices to the Atlan USB port can cause Atlan to restart.
Principles of operation
16.26 Open-source software

Dräger devices that use software may use open-source software, depending on
their setup. Open-source software may be subject to different terms of license.
Additional information regarding the open-source software used in this device is
available at the following web page:
www.draeger.com/opensource
17 Principles of operation
Infinity ID components
It is only possible to use the additional functions of Infinity ID accessories if the
device has the additional functions for replacement interval monitoring and anti-
interchange security.
The use of these additional functions does not ensure the maximum period of use
for the accessories and any correctly connected hoses. The user is thus not
excused from regularly checking the accessories. If these accessories are not
checked, the patient may be put at risk.
► Use the appropriate Infinity ID accessories to utilize the additional functions.
► Check the current condition and the period of use of the accessories regularly.
► Check regularly that the hoses are correctly connected.
There are product-specific data saved on the Infinity ID accessories, which are
further processed by the device. If an unused Infinity ID accessory is in the
immediate vicinity of the device, values such as those for resistance and
compliance may be transferred inadvertently from this accessory. When
accessories are added to an Infinity ID breathing circuit, the values for compliance
and leakage may deviate from those saved on the breathing circuit.
► Do not keep unused Infinity ID accessories in the vicinity of the device.
► To determine the actual values for compliance and resistance, always perform
the leakage test before starting the therapy. If the test cannot be performed
because the patient is already connected, particular attention is required during
ventilation.
17.2 Description of the ventilation modes

17.2.1 Meaning and function of the therapy controls
Therapy con- Meaning / Function
trols
% Tplat Plateau time as a percentage of the inspiratory time Ti in the VC - CMV mode
RR Respiratory rate
RRmin Minimum respiratory rate at which supported breaths are applied in Pressure Sup-
port mode.
Insp term When the flow falls below this flow value (in % of the measured peak flow), a sup-
ported breath is interrupted.
PEEP/CPAP Positive end-expiratory pressure / Continuous Positive Airway Pressure
Pressure that is always maintained.
∆Psupp Pressure difference of an assisted breath between PEEP level and inspiratory
pressure
This pressure support is only available if synchronization of spontaneous breath-
ing (SIMV and in PSV mode) is switched on.
When pressure support is switched on, the naming of the following ventilation
modes changes:
Without pressure support With pressure support
PC - SIMV PC - SIMV / PS
VC - SIMV VC - SIMV / PS
VC - SIMV / AutoFlow VC - SIMV / PS / AutoFlow
CPAP / PSV PSV
Pinsp Inspiratory pressure
Pmax Upper pressure limit in volume-controlled ventilation. When this pressure is
reached, the breath is held at this level until the set inspiratory time Ti is reached.
Trigger Flow that, when exceeded, triggers a supported breath.
Ti Inspiratory time
Slope Period of time during which a pressure rise from the PEEP or CPAP pressure to
the inspiratory pressure or PSV pressure takes place. This time determines the
steepness of the rise in pressure from the lower to the upper level.
VT Tidal volume
Therapy con- Meaning / Function

trols
SIMV/CMV Switching spontaneous respiratory support on / off
Switching the synchronization on or off causes the following change to the ventila-
tion mode:
Pressure-controlled Volume-controlled
SIMV PC - SIMV VC - SIMV
CMV PC - CMV VC - CMV
When synchronization is switched on, mandatory breaths are synchronized with
the patient's inspiratory effort. In doing so, the respiratory rate RR is held constant
by adapting the mandatory breaths and the expiratory time. At the end of the expi-
ratory phase, an inspiratory trigger window is activated so that the mandatory
breath can be initiated prematurely by up to 5 seconds (patient category Adult) or
1.5 seconds (patient categories Ped and Neo). If the spontaneous inspiratory flow
reaches the set value of the flow trigger Trigger during this trigger window, a pre-
mature mandatory breath is triggered.
If no spontaneous breathing is detected within the inspiratory trigger window, a
mandatory breath will be triggered immediately afterwards.
17.2.2 Degree of respiratory support

Respiratory sup- Ventilation mode
port
None Standby, Pause, Ext. FGO
Low Man/Spon, CPAP, CPAP / PSV with ∆Psupp <5 hPa (cmH2O)
Medium CPAP / PSV with ∆Psupp ≥5 hPa (cmH2O)
High Volume-controlled modes
Pressure-controlled modes
17.2.3 Ventilation modes and effective parameters

Additional parame-
Basic parameter
ters
Group Tabs Ventilation mode (normal therapy
(expanded therapy
bar)
bar)
Manual ventila- Man/Spon Manual / Sponta- CPAP1)
tion/spontaneous neous
breathing
Assisted ventila- PSV1) CPAP / PSV Trigger Insp term
tion ∆Psupp
RRmin
PEEP
Slope
Pressure-con- PC PC - CMV Pinsp Slope
trolled ventilation RR
PEEP
Ti
CMV
PC - SIMV Pinsp Trigger
∆Psupp1) = Off Slope
RR
PEEP
Ti
SIMV
PC - SIMV / PS1) Pinsp Trigger
∆Psupp1) >0 Insp term1)
RR Slope
PEEP
Ti
SIMV
Additional parame-
Basic parameter
ters
Group Tabs Ventilation mode (normal therapy
(expanded therapy
bar)
bar)
Volume-con- VC - AF VC - CMV / Auto- Pmax Slope
trolled ventilation Flow VT
RR
PEEP
Ti
CMV
VC - SIMV / Auto- Pmax Trigger
Flow VT ∆Psupp1) = Off
RR Slope
PEEP
Ti
SIMV
VC - SIMV / PS / Pmax Trigger
AutoFlow1) VT ∆Psupp1) >0
RR
Insp term1)
PEEP
Slope
Ti
SIMV
VC VC - CMV Pmax % Tplat
VT
RR
PEEP
Ti
CMV
VC - SIMV Pmax Trigger
VT ∆Psupp1) = Off
RR % Tplat
PEEP
Ti
SIMV
VC - SIMV / PS1) Pmax Trigger
VT ∆Psupp1) >0
RR
Insp term1)
PEEP
Slope
Ti
% Tplat
SIMV
1) Requires the PSV option
17.2.4 Assisted ventilation with pressure support

17.2.4.1 PSV
36250
Paw ∆Psupp
PEEP
Slope 7LPH
1/RRmin
Flow
Trigger
Insp term
7LPH
3DWLHQWWULJJHUHGEUHDWK
0DFKLQHWULJJHUHGEUHDWK
17.2.4.2 CPAP / PSV

– Spontaneous breathing
– Spontaneous breathing with continuous positive pressure level with or without
pressure support
Each detected inspiratory effort at CPAP level induces a patient-triggered, flow-
controlled, and pressure-supported breath. Point in time, number, and duration of
pressure-supported breaths are controlled by the patient. When no inspiratory effort
is detected, mandatory breaths are delivered at the set minimum respiratory rate
RRmin and with pressure support ∆Psupp.
Patient-triggered breaths are ended as soon as the inspiratory flow falls below the
flow defined by the Insp term setting. The duration of a machine-triggered breath is
additionally defined by the patient category and the set minimum respiratory rate
RRmin.
Purely spontaneous breathing at CPAP level can be achieved by setting ∆Psupp to
Off. In this case, the patient does not receive any more pressure-supported breaths
and RRmin does not trigger any more mandatory breaths.
17.2.5 Pressure-controlled ventilation

17.2.5.1 PC
36259
Paw Pinsp 7ULJJHUZLQGRZ
LQVS
PEEP
∆Psupp
Slope 7LPH
Slope
Ti
1/RR
Flow
Trigger
Trigger
Insp term
7LPH
17.2.5.2 PC - CMV
– Pressure-controlled
– Time-controlled
– Machine-triggered
The mandatory breaths are machine-triggered and are not triggered by the patient.
17.2.5.3 PC - SIMV
– Pressure-controlled
– Time-controlled
– Synchronized inspiration
In PC - SIMV, the patient can breathe spontaneously at any time, while the number
of mandatory breaths is predefined. When synchronization is switched on, the
breaths are adapted to the spontaneous breathing efforts of the patient. If
spontaneous breathing effort by the patient is detected during the inspiratory trigger
window, a patient-triggered breath will be initiated.
17.2.5.4 PC - SIMV / PS
This mode is similar to PC - SIMV, except that the patient's spontaneous breathing
at the PEEP level during the expiratory phase is pressure-supported with ∆Psupp
when outside the trigger window.
17.2.6 Volume-controlled ventilation

17.2.6.1 Compliance compensation
The applied VT is corrected by the determined breathing hose compliance, i.e., an
additional volume is delivered in order to ensure the application of the volume to the
patient. On the product variant with the integrated patient-gas measurement
module, the applied VT is corrected by the amount of suction flow as soon as CO2
respiratory phases are detected.
17.2.6.2 VC
36287
7ULJJHUZLQGRZ
LQVS
Paw
Pmax
∆Psupp
PEEP
% Tplat 7LPH
Slope
Ti
1/RR
Flow
Trigger Trigger
Insp term
7LPH
17.2.6.3 VC - CMV
– Volume-controlled
– Pressure-limited
– Time-controlled
– Constant inspiratory flow
In this volume-controlled ventilation mode, the patient receives the set tidal volume
VT with each mandatory breath.
17.2.6.4 VC - SIMV
– Time-controlled
– Machine-triggered or patient-triggered
– Constant inspiratory flow
– Synchronized inspiration
In VC - SIMV, the patient can breathe spontaneously at any time, while the number
of mandatory breaths is predefined. When synchronization is switched on, the
breaths are adapted to the spontaneous breathing of the patient. If inspiratory effort
by the patient is detected during the inspiratory trigger window, a patient-triggered
breath will be initiated.
17.2.6.5 VC - SIMV / PS
This mode is similar to VC - SIMV, except that the patient's spontaneous breathing
at the PEEP level during the expiratory phase is pressure-supported with ∆Psupp
when outside the trigger window.
17.2.6.6 VC - AF
36290
Paw 7ULJJHUZLQGRZ
LQVS
PEEP H[S
Pmax
∆Psupp
Slope Slope 7LPH

Ti
1/RR
Flow
Trigger Trigger
Insp term
7LPH
With AutoFlow, the set tidal volume VT is applied for all mandatory volume-
controlled breaths with the lowest required pressure. The pressure patterns and
flow patterns of the mechanical inspiratory breaths correspond to those of pressure-
controlled ventilation.
Due to the patient's inspiratory effort or compliance changes in the lungs, the tidal
volume in an individual breath may deviate from the set tidal volume VT. However,
averaged over time a tidal volume corresponding to the set volume VT is applied.
If no mechanical ventilation has previously taken place, a volume-controlled test
breath with constant inspiratory flow is performed first when starting a ventilation
mode with AutoFlow in order to estimate the lung parameters. The inspiratory
pressure required at the start is determined from this test breath. Each additional
breath-related readjustment of the inspiratory pressure is limited to ±3 hPa
(cmH2O). The pressure difference (inspiratory pressure - PEEP) is at least 5 hPa
(cmH2O) and the upper inspiratory pressure limit is set by Pmax. If the set value for
VT is reduced, the inspiratory pressure will be reduced by a greater amount if
necessary.
17.2.6.7 VC - CMV / AutoFlow

– Time-controlled
– Decelerating inspiratory flow
The mandatory breaths are machine-triggered and are not triggered by the patient.
17.2.6.8 VC - SIMV / AutoFlow

– Time-controlled
– Machine-triggered or patient-triggered
– Decelerating inspiratory flow
– Synchronized with inspiration and expiration
In VC - SIMV / AutoFlow, the patient can breathe spontaneously at any time, while
the number of mandatory breaths is predefined. When synchronization is switched
on, the breaths are adapted to the spontaneous breathing efforts of the patient. If
spontaneous breathing effort by the patient is detected during the inspiratory trigger
window, a mandatory breath will be initiated. If an exhalation by the patient is
detected during the expiratory trigger window, the expiration will be initiated.
17.2.6.9 VC - SIMV / PS / AutoFlow

This mode is similar to VC - SIMV / AutoFlow, except that the patient's spontaneous
breathing at the PEEP level during the expiratory phase is pressure-supported with
∆Psupp when outside the trigger window.
17.3 Description of the ventilation drive

17.3.1 Principle of operation
The device has a piston drive.
40162
No. Designation
1 Piston diaphragm
2 Spindle
3 Electric motor
4 Piston
The piston drive is connected directly to the breathing system. The electric
motor (3) moves the piston (4) by means of a spindle (2). Thus, the fresh gas is
moved out of the piston diaphragm and through the breathing system to the patient.
The user can check through a viewing window whether the piston is moving. During
inspiration, the ventilator applies the tidal volume with the required pressure and at
a defined respiratory rate.
This principle of operation enables the following characteristics, for example:

– Precise application of the set tidal volume, regardless of the inspiratory and
expiratory flow measurement.
– No drive gas is required, i.e., no medical gases are consumed in operating the
ventilator.
– Mechanical ventilation remains available if the gas supply fails, see page 40.
17.3.2 Compliance compensation

The volume delivered into the breathing circuit is not the same as the volume that
the patient ultimately receives. The determining factors for this difference in volume
are the elasticity of the breathing circuit and the compressibility of the gas contained
within it.
When the pressure in the breathing hose rises during inspiration, there is also
expansion of the hose material. The expanding breathing hose can hold a greater
volume, with the result that a lesser volume reaches the patient.
This device is equipped with dynamic compliance compensation, which
compensates for this volume difference during each breath. Volume is also fed to
the entire system so that the set tidal volume actually reaches the patient.
The basis for the compliance compensation is the breathing hose compliance
determined in the system test or in the leakage test.
17.3.3 Fresh-gas decoupling

The device is equipped with fresh-gas decoupling.
This function decouples the ventilation from the fresh-gas flow and the O2 flush.
Consequently, changes to the fresh-gas flow have no influence on the applied tidal
volume and the ventilation pressures. Furthermore, the fresh-gas decoupling valve
passes excess fresh gas to the breathing bag.
Fresh-gas decoupling is particularly important during the ventilation of neonates
and pediatric patients as airway pressures and tidal volumes that are too high must
be avoided.
17.4 Improving the CO2 measurement by means of an HME

filter
17.4.1 Benefits of the HME filter
Patient-side gas sampling via an HME filter has the following benefits, among
others:
– The sample gas measurement (e.g., CO2) is more reliable, since it is not
impaired by the influence of the ventilation.
– The potential dead space is minimized. This is particularly important when
ventilating neonates and pediatric patients, in order that effective gas exchange
can take place even at small tidal volumes.
The unwanted effects of the dead space are reduced by removing the extracted
CO2-containing gas from the patient and the breathing circuit including the HME
at the end of the expiration.
41098
*DVVDPSOLQJ
LQVS
H[S
3DWLHQW
As a consequence, the CO2 waveform may fall at the end of the expiration before
the inspiration is executed, in contrast to the normal course of the waveform.
37888
100 CO2
The unusual waveform shape results from the small dead space. The measured
values derived from the CO2 waveform are nevertheless correct, as the etCO2
value corresponds to the maximum expiratory value and is not subject to the
waveform fluctuations.
17.4.2 Reasonable alarm settings

If the HME is clogged or soiled, the suction flow for the gas measurement may
cause negative pressure in the patient’s lungs. To detect imminent clogging of the
HME (e.g., by sputum), set the alarm limits for MV low and Paw high to suitable
values.
Volume-controlled ventilation modes (also with AutoFlow)

If the HME filter is clear, set the alarm limit for Paw high closely above the peak
inspiratory pressure (PIP). If the HME is clogged or soiled, the Paw high alarm will
be triggered due to the increased resistance.
The following graphic illustrates the Paw high alarm limit as a suitable indicator in
the event of a soiled filter:
41394
&OHDU+0( 6RLOHG+0(
Paw high
Pressure-controlled ventilation modes

If the HME is clear, set the expiratory alarm limit MV low closely below the
measured MV. If the HME is clogged or soiled, the MV low alarm will be triggered
due to the smaller applied and measured expiratory tidal volume VT.
Increasing air trapping (recognizable on the flow waveform as an incompletely
concluded expiration before the start of the next inspiration) indicates a clogging
HME filter. The transparent HME housing allows visual checking of the amount of
sputum. If there are signs (alarm, air trapping, visual check) which suggest clogging
of the HME, check the HME and replace it if in doubt.
17.5 Minimum O2 delivery

The device is equipped with a minimum O2 delivery function which ensures that a
minimum quantity of oxygen is delivered.
Gas mixer Minimum FG O2 Minimum O2 flow

concentration
Carrier gas Carrier gas
Air N 2O
Electronically 21 % 25 % Configurable for each patient cate-
controlled gory, see chapter "Vertical tab
"Fresh gas" (only with electronically
controlled gas mixer)"
When the minimum O2 delivery
switches on, the FG O2 therapy con-
trol is selected in addition to the
selected therapy control. When the
active set value is changed, FG O2
changes automatically with it.
Gas mixer Minimum FG O2 Minimum O2 flow

concentration
Carrier gas Carrier gas
Air N 2O
Mechanically 21 % 21 % Continuously adjustable with flow
controlled control valves.
The minimum O2 delivery interrupts
the N2O flow in the following cases:
– N2O flow control valve open and
O2 flow control valve closed
– O2 flow less than 200 mL/min
O2 will continue to be delivered in
the event of an N2O failure.
17.6 Influence of patient category, weight, and age on

device behavior
17.6.1 Influence of patient category
– Alarm limits and start settings for therapy
– Volumeter scale
– Flow measurement and software algorithms to suppress artifacts
– Maximum duration of a pressure-supported breath
17.6.2 Influence of ideal body weight and height

Ideal body weight describes the portion of the body that is relevant to setting the
ventilation parameters (body weight of the patient minus assumed excess fat).
In the Adult and Ped patient categories, the ideal body weight is calculated from
the entered body height.
In the Neo patient category, the ideal body weight is equal to the entered body
weight.
The calculated ideal body weight affects the following:
– Start settings for tidal volume VT
– Start settings for respiratory rate RR
– Start settings for alarm limits for VT and MV
– Ventilation algorithms
– Trigger threshold (insp. synchronization of the mandatory breaths)
– Sensitivity and resolution of the volume monitoring
– Rate of concentration changes affecting the patient
For neonates, the patient category and the ideal body weight must be set with
particular care.
VT and RR are only dependent on the ideal body weight when the Ideal body
weight function has been selected in System setup > Therapy, see page 172.
Changing the body weight during mechanical ventilation has no effect on the
current ventilation settings.
17.6.3 Influence of patient age

During operation, the set age influences the following:
– Calculation of MAC value
17.7 Support of Infinity ID accessories

The following accessories can be used if the device has the appropriate options:
– Infinity ID breathing circuit
– Infinity ID WaterLock 2 water trap
– Infinity ID flow sensors
– Infinity ID CLIC absorber
The Infinity ID functionality can be configured, see page 180.
17.7.1 Infinity ID functionality

17.7.1.1 Replacement interval monitoring
Automatic monitoring of the period of use is available for Infinity ID products. An
exceeded period of use is signaled during the system test.
The replacement interval for the connected Infinity ID accessories can be adjusted.
This interval must be specified in accordance with the applicable infection
prevention regulations or the requirements stated in the instructions for use for the
corresponding accessory.
17.7.1.2 Anti-interchange security

When Infinity ID breathing hoses and Infinity ID breathing bags are used, the
incorrect connection of breathing hoses and the breathing bag is detected and
reported. Hoses that are incorrectly connected with the breathing system trigger an
automatic alarm.
17.8 Schematic illustration of the acoustic signals

17.8.1 Alarm signal for various alarm priorities
Alarm priority Standard (according to IEC 60601-1-8) Repeated
Warning Yes
Depending on the overall alarm situation,
this acoustic alarm signal may also be
played as only a 5-tone sequence due to
the timing of the individual alarms.
Caution Yes
Note No
The described acoustic alarm signals are handled by a backup loudspeaker if the
primary acoustic alarm system fails. It plays the acoustic alarm signals of the
"Warning" and "Caution" alarm priorities at a constant tone frequency and
unchanged volume.
17.8.2 Tone signals during operation

When Signal
Therapy start or change of ventilation mode
Timeout
Annex
18 Annex
18.1 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Explanation
%, Vol % Percentage gas ratio, related to total volume
A Ampere
Add. O2 Emergency O2 delivery
AGS Anesthetic gas receiving system
AGSS Anesthetic gas scavenging system
Air Medical compressed air
APL Adjustable Pressure Limitation
ASA American Society of Anesthesiologists
ATPS Ambient Temperature and Pressure, Saturated
Aux. O2 O2 insufflation
BIPAP Biphasic Positive Airway Pressure, spontaneous breathing
under continuous positive airway pressure with 2 different pres-
sure levels
BMI Body mass index
BTPS Body Temperature and Pressure, Saturated
37 °C (98,6 °F), ambient pressure, 100 % relative humidity
CAL Display when a measurement value is calibrated.
CBM mode Cardiac bypass mode
Cdyn Dynamic compliance (patient)
CISPR Comité International Spécial des Perturbations
Radioélectriques
International special committee on radio interference
cmH2O Centimeters of water
CMV Controlled Mandatory Ventilation
CO Carbon monoxide
CO2 Carbon dioxide
COM Serial port
CPAP Continuous Positive Airway Pressure
CSA Canadian Standards Agency
dB(A) Sound pressure level, A-weighted
Des Desflurane
∆O2 Difference between inspiratory and expiratory O2 concentration
∆Psupp Pressure support above PEEP
EMC Electromagnetic compatibility
Enf Enflurane
ERR Display when a measured value cannot be determined.
ESD Electrostatic Discharge
Annex
FG Fresh gas
FiO2 Inspiratory oxygen fraction
FTP File Transfer Protocol
GPL General Public Licence
Hal Halothane
HF High-frequency
HME Heat and moisture exchanger
HMEF HME filter
hPa Hectopascal
Hz Hertz
I:E Ratio of inspiratory time to expiratory time
ID Identification
Insp term Inspiration termination criterion in % based on peak inspiratory
flow
Iso Isoflurane
kg Kilogram
kPa Kilopascal
L Liter
LAN Local area network
lbs Pound; unit of mass
LED Light-emitting diode
LGPL Lesser General Public Licence
MAC Minimum Alveolar Concentration
Man/Spon
Manual / Manual ventilation / Spontaneous breathing
Spontaneous
mbar Millibar
MEDIBUS.X Communication protocol for medical devices with uniform data
definition for all devices
min Minute
mL Milliliter
mmHg Millimeter of mercury
MPa Megapascal
MV Minute volume
N 2O Nitrous oxide
NTP Network Time Protocol, standard for synchronizing clocks
O2 Oxygen
O2+ O2 flush
Pa Pascal; unit of pressure
Paw Airway pressure
Annex
PEEP Positive end-expiratory pressure
PGM Patient-gas measurement module
Pinsp Inspiratory pressure
PIP Peak inspiratory pressure
Pmax Maximum pressure
Pmean Mean pressure
png Graphics format
Pplat Plateau pressure
ppm Parts per million
QR code Quick Response Code
R Resistance
RFID Radio Frequency Identification
RR Respiratory rate
RRmin Minimum respiratory rate
Sev Sevoflurane
Slope Pressure rise time
SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol
STAPD Standard Temperature, Ambient Pressure, Dry
20 °C (68 °F), dry gas
STPD Standard Temperature and Pressure, Dry
20 °C (68 °F), 1013 hPa
TC Time constant
Ti Inspiratory time
UMDNS Universal Medical Device Nomenclature System
Nomenclature for medical devices
USB Universal Serial Bus
V Volt
VT Tidal volume
xMAC Accumulated multiple of the MAC values of anesthetic agents
and N2O
Annex
18.2 Symbols
Additional information about the symbols is available on the following web page:
www.draeger.com/md-symbols
Symbol Explanation
Manufacturer
XXXX Date of manufacture
WEEE marking
Observe the instructions for use
Warning! Strictly follow these instructions for use
Caution! Follow the accompanying documentation (Symbol)
Attention! (safety sign)
Risk of tipping over! Do not take hold of the device above this
mark in order to push it or pull it.
Group Views...
Group Trends/Data...
Group Alarms...
Group Procedures...
Group System setup...
Group Start.../Standby...
Device on/Standby
Key: Start/Standby
Main switch off/on
Main switch on
Main switch off
Patient category Neo
Patient category Ped
Annex
Symbol Explanation
Patient category Adult
Acoustic alarm signal is temporarily suppressed.
Alarm silence
Alarm inactive
Alarm temporarily inactive
Mains power
Mains power unavailable
Battery completely charged

Battery empty
Central supply connected and pressure within specified range
Central supply not connected or pressure not within specified

range
Gas cylinder full
Gas cylinder empty or gas cylinder valve turned off
Gas cylinder pressure sensor not connected
Oxygen cylinders on this side of the device only
No oxygen cylinders on this side of the device
Key for switching on and off and dimming the workplace illumi-
nation
Emergency O2 delivery (Add. O2)
Applied part of type BF (body floating)
Potential equalization connector
Closes the dialog
Upper alarm limit
Lower alarm limit
No alarm limit
Annex
Symbol Explanation
Spontaneous breathing activity by the patient
In lists: One line up
In lists: One line down
In lists: One page up
In lists: One page down
Risk of crushing
ESD warning label, follow the information on electromagnetic

compatibility.
ESD label, follow the information on electromagnetic compati-
bility.
Locked
Unlocked
Inspiration
Labeling on breathing system and breathing system cover
Expiration
Labeling on breathing system and breathing system cover
Breathing bag
Vaporizer plug-in system, "fixed" position
Auto Exclusion Plug-in connection
REF Part number

Serial number
LOT Lot number
Use by: YYYY-MM-DD

Expiration date
Hot surface
Do not touch the device
Keep away from sunlight
Storage temperature
Relative humidity
Annex
Symbol Explanation
Ambient pressure
Do not use if package damaged
Do not reuse
Spare part
LAN connection
USB port
Identifies the interface for the workstation light
External fresh-gas outlet
CO2 absorber bypass
Enter key
Indicates a changed view which has not yet been saved
Identifies the tabs that lead to the page with the language set-
tings.
Read the flow at the center of the float.
Advanced Cylinder Support
Identifies N2O cylinders.

The color code conforms to the locally applicable standard.
Identifies O2 cylinders.
Identifies Air cylinders.

Maintain the correct minimum distance between electrical con-
nectors and gas cylinders, see product label on the device.
Electrical connector on the device
When connecting auxiliary devices, be aware of the leakage

current.
Observe chapters "Assembly and preparation" and
"Technical data".
Gas outlet
Gas inlet
Annex
Symbol Explanation
Display on the total flow tube indicating the cumulative value of
the individual flows
MR unsafe
Do not use this device in the vicinity of MRI scanners.
Example representation of the weight distribution of the nominal

weight and the maximum total weight, see "Technical data".
Weight: Main device
Weight: Load
Label: Do not place any weight on this surface of the device.
Activate backup manual mode.
Switch to "Add. O2”.
Set fresh gas on O2 flowmeter.
Set fresh-gas flow.
Ventilate manually.
Check vaporizer setting.
Backup manual mode
Direct connection from mains supply to device
Annex
18.3 Product labels

Product label Explanation
Transport instructions (see "Intrahospital
transport", page 59)
Ensure that the control dial of the vapor-

izer is correctly positioned. Do not leave
the control dial in the "T" position while
the vaporizer is connected to the medi-
cal device.
Observe the correct flow of the anes-
thetic gas receiving system (see "Anes-
thetic gas receiving system", page 145).
Annex
18.4 Overview of the menu structure

The following tables list the buttons of the main menu bar with the resulting dialogs
of the same name and the tabs. For further information see: "Operating concept",
page 79. The structure of the main screen and the dialogs is clarified on pages 79
and 80.
Group
Button in main menu Horizontal tab Vertical tab Description

bar
Alarms... Limits Display or change alarm limits.
Current alarms Display information on active alarms.
Logbook View alarm logbook.
Settings Set the alarm volume.
Activating or deactivating CO2 alarms1)2).
Switch CBM mode on or off1).
CO2 alarms off 1), 3) Deactivate CO2 alarms.
Autoset limits 1), 4) Automatically adapt alarm limits to current

measured or set values.
Exit CBM 1), 5) Exit CBM mode.
1) Only during operation, not in Standby mode
2) Only available for the device equipped with integrated patient-gas measurement module
3) Only in the modes: Manual / Spontaneous, Ext. FGO, Pause
4) Only in the modes: PSV, PC, VC - CMV / AutoFlow, VC - CMV
5) Only in CBM mode
Group

bar
Views...1) Switch to other configured views.
Reset current view to start setting.
Display alarm limits, units, mini-trends,
and loops.
1 2 3
View1) Switching between the 3 configured

views.
View1)
1 2 3
View1)
1 2 3
Export screenshot Export screenshot to a USB mass storage

device.
Annex
Group

bar
Trends/Data... Graphical trends Overview Display trends of measured values in
Vent. 1 graphic form.
Vent. 2
Anesthesia
Tabular trends Overview Display trends of measured values in
Vent. 1 table form.
Vent. 2
Anesthesia
Values Ventilation 1) Display overview of current measured val-
ues.
Gases 1)
Device
Logbook Display the logbook.
Export 2) Export data to a USB mass storage
device.
2) Only in Standby mode
Group

bar
System setup... Configure device functions and start set-
tings, see page 166.
Patient... 1) Set patient data.
Tests... 2) Display test results.

Test the system.
Group

bar
Start... 1) Begin or continue a case.
Standby...2) End the case.

Password
19 Password
19.1 Configuration password for Atlan A300, A300 XL, A350,
A350 XL Software 1.0n
Cut out from the instructions for use Atlan A300, A300 XL, A350,
A350 XL Software 1.0n
To prevent unauthorized alteration, the start settings for Atlan A300, A300 XL,
A350, A350 XL are protected by the following configuration password:
0000
19.1.1 Information for the configuration password

To prevent unauthorized alteration, the start settings for Atlan A300, A300 XL,
A350, A350 XL are protected by a password with 0 to 8 digits. Information on the
start settings, see page 166.
The configuration password appears on this page of the instructions for use.
► Cut out the area with the password and keep in a place which is safe from
access by unauthorized persons.
The configuration password can only be reset by specialized service personnel.
This page has been left blank intentionally.
Index
Index
A B
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Backup manual mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Accessories Backup manual switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Backup mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Accessories and consumptions . . . . . . . . . . 115 Battery
Activation code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Charging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Advanced Cylinder Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Breathing bag
Alarm limits Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Breathing hoses
Automatic setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 169 Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Displaying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Breathing system
Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Assembling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Specifying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Alarm volume Inserting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Safety instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89, 152 Pressure/Flow characteristics . . . . . . . . 290
Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 169, 179 Warmer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Alarms Breaths
Acknowledging alarm messages . . . . . . 155 Synchronizing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Alarm settings when changing ventilation
modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 C
Apnea alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Breath detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Cardiac bypass mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 CBM mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
CBM mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Central gas supply system
Colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154, 201 Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154, 201 Connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Displaying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Change of patient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Downgrading alarm messages . . . . . . . . 155 Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Gas cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Circuit plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
MV alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 CLIC adapter
Priorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154, 201 Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Quick setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158, 170 Clinical users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Remedy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 CO2 absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Setting the alarm behavior . . . . . . . . . . . 171 CO2 alarms
Silencing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Viewing the alarm logbook . . . . . . . . . . . 157 CO2 measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 77, 308
Anesthetic gas receiving system (AGS) 18, 145 Color scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Colors for parameters
Anti-interchange security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 Specifying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
APL valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Colors of the control elements . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 COM 1, COM 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 179
Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Compliance compensation . . . . . . . . . 304, 308
Assisted ventilation with pressure support. . 302 Confirm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
AutoFlow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Consumables
Automatic leakage compensation . . . . . . . . 191 Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Auxiliary power socket Consumption
Connecting other devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Resetting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Consumptions
Displaying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Index
Contraindications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Flow sensors

Cylinder pressure reducer Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Flow waveform scale
Specifying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
D
Data
G
Exporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Gas cylinders
Date Advanced Cylinder Support . . . . . . . . . . 139
Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Daylight savings time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Default ventilation mode Connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Specifying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Device Gas mixer (mechanically controlled)
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Total flow tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 44, 88
Device combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Gas scavenging
Device configurations Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Transferring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Gas supply
Device name Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Establishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Disinfectants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
E H
Econometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Hose configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Electromagnetic compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Hose set and filters
Emergency O2 delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 I
Emergency start-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Environments of use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Import of configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Essential performance features . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Expiratory port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Infinity ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 180, 312
Export of configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Activating the function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
External fresh-gas outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Replacement interval monitoring . . . . . . 312
Replacement intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
F Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Factory defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165, 180 Inspiratory port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Resetting to factory defaults . . . . . . . . . . 176 Intended use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Failure IT networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Complete failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Flow measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 L
Fresh-gas delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Gas supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Language
O2 sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Selecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Piston ventilator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Leakage
Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Filters Current values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Localizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Flow measurement Leakage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Index
Logbook Open-source software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Creating entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121, 178 OR working hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Viewing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Loops P
Configuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Parameter fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Parameters
Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
M Passive anesthetic gas scavenging . . . . . . . 66
MAC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Main screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Patient category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Main switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Patient data
Mains power supply Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Establishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Mains power supply failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Influence of device behavior . . . . . . . . . 312
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Manual ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97, 300 Pause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Measured values Potential equalization
Viewing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Establishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Menu structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 Potential equalization pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Minimum O2 delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 Power supply failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Minimum O2 flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Precautionary statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Mini-trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Pressure-controlled ventilation . . . . . . 300, 303
Minute volume measurement . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Pressure-supported ventilation . . . . . . . . . . 300
Modifications Product label
Safety instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Safety instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
N Q
N2O-free device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Quick setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Name
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 R
Network
Configuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Remote service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Network port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
New case Reprocessing
Defining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Classifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Non-rebreathing system Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Reprocessing list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Reprocessing personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Reprocessing procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Validated procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
O Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
O2 flowmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 30 Respiratory support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
O2 insufflation Rotary knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
O2 sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 S
Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
O2 switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 43 Safety checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
O2 waveform scale Safety instruction
Specifying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Gas supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
O2+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 30, 43, 44 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Risk of fire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Index
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Therapy

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Ending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Setting and starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Sample line Therapy controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81, 83
Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Linking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Scale Time
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Screen Tipping stability
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Increasing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Saving the layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Setting brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112, 166 Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Screen brightness Trends
Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Displaying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Screenshot Exporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Exporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Turning off the device . . . . . . 17, 151, 151, 151
Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Turning on the device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17, 86
Service personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Setting procedure U
Canceling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Settings Units
Resetting to starting settings . . . . . . . . . 122 Displaying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Soda lime Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 USB port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 179
Software option User. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Activating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 User group
Displaying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114, 175 Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Specialized service personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 User-specific settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Spontaneous breathing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97, 300
Start dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 V
Start settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Vaporizer
Gas delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Patient category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Resetting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Ventilation
Start values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Neonates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 77, 308
Stopwatch Ventilation drive
Using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Storing the device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Ventilation mode
Surface disinfectants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Ventilation modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Safety instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Ventilation parameters
Synchronized ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Setting linked parameters . . . . . . . . 81, 175
System test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 View
Available views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
T Change name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Test results. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Customizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Testing the device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Volumeter
Tests Specifying the scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Performing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Volume-controlled ventilation . . . . . . . 300, 304
Index
W
Water trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Emptying or exchanging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Waveforms
Configuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Saving view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Specifying the scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
X
xMAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103, 118
These instructions for use only apply to
Atlan A300, A300 XL, A350, A350 XL SW 1.0n
with the Serial No.:
If no serial number has been filled in by Dräger,
these instructions for use are provided for
general information only and are not intended
for use with any specific medical device.
These instructions for use are provided for
customer information only and will only be
updated or exchanged upon customer request.
Directive 93/42/EEC concerning medical Directive 2014/53/EU concerning radio

devices equipment
Manufacturer
Drägerwerk AG & Co. KGaA

Moislinger Allee 53-55
23542 Lübeck
Germany
+49 451 8 82-0
FAX +49 451 8 82-2080
http://www.draeger.com
Á9056001|È
9056001 – GA 6500.350 en
© Drägerwerk AG & Co. KGaA
Edition: 2 – 2019-04
(Edition: 1 – 2019-02)
Dräger reserves the right to make modifications
to the device without prior notice.

Atlan A300

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Atlan A300

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Atlan A300

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Instructions for use

WARNING Anesthesia workstation

1 Information about this document ........................................................... 7

4 Assembly and preparation ...................................................................... 45

8 Tests .......................................................................................................... 126

9 Ending operation...................................................................................... 151

10 Alarms ....................................................................................................... 152

12 Troubleshooting ....................................................................................... 190

12.6 Failure of the O2 sensor.................................................................. 195

14 Service ...................................................................................................... 262

15 Disposal .................................................................................................... 266

16 Technical data .......................................................................................... 267

16.15 Gas measurement with PGM.......................................................... 279

17 Principles of operation ............................................................................ 297

18 Annex ........................................................................................................ 314

19 Password .................................................................................................. 325

Index .......................................................................................................... 327

1 Information about this document

1.2 Use of terms

1.4.2 Trademarks owned by third-party manufacturers

Cleanisept® Dr. Schumacher

Trademark used Trademark owner

2.4 Environments of use

2.5 Essential performance features

2.6 User group requirements

2.6.1 Duties of the operating organization

2.6.2 User groups

2.7 Information on safety instructions and precautionary

2.7.1 Safety instructions

2.7.2 Precautionary statements

Warning sign Signal word Consequences of non-compliance

2.8 Safety instructions

2.8.2 Symbols and product labels

2.8.3 Monitoring the patient's condition

2.8.4 Accessories and components

Instructions for use for accessories

2.8.5 Color codes and labels

2.8.9 Modifications to the product

2.8.10 Network security

2.9 Additional information

No. Designation Description

3.1.1.2 Compact version

No. Designation Description

No. Designation Description

3.1.3 Breathing system and other components

No. Designation Description

3.1.3.2 Version with O2 sensor

3.1.4 Side view from left

3.1.5 Side view from right

3.1.6 Device column

3.1.9 Gas inlets

3.1.10 Hanger yoke system with pin-index connection (option)

3.1.11 Auxiliary power sockets (option)

3.1.12 Gas mixing unit

The explanation of the symbols can be found on page 317.

3.1.12.2 Gas mixing unit (mechanically controlled)

The explanation of the symbols can be found on page 317.

3.2 Functional scope

3.2.2 Ventilation drive